Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / Instem plc

Instem plc

ins.l · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker ins.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Instem plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
®

™

A N N UA L   R E P O RT
2021

0
0
7

M o r e   t h a n   7 0 0 
c l i e n t s

Instem has over 700 
customers with its blue 
chip customer base 
consisting of the leading 
pharmaceutical, medical 
device, chemical and 
contract research 
organisations as well as 
academic, government 
and privately funded 
research institutions 
across many sites 
worldwide. These 
include all of the top 
25 pharmaceutical and 
biotech companies such 
as GlaxoSmithKline and 
AstraZeneca.

A n n u a l   R e p o r t

2

CONTENTS

HIGHLIGHTS

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

STRATEGIC REPORT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INSTEM PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DIRECTORS AND ADVISORS

6

8

10

26

28

32

34

37

38

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

72

126

3

W e   e s t i m a t e   t h a t   a p p r o x i m a t e l y   h a l f 

o f   t h e   w o r l d ’ s   p r e c l i n i c a l   d r u g   s a f e t y 

d a t a   h a s   b e e n   c o l l e c t e d   o v e r   t h e   l a s t 

2 0   y e a r s   u s i n g   I n s t e m   s o f t w a r e .

4

P o w e r f u l   S o l u t i o n s   •   U n i q u e   P e r s p e c t i v e   •   G l o b a l   C o v e r a g e

Instem is a leading provider of IT solutions & services 
to  the  life  sciences  market  delivering  compelling 
solutions for Study Management and Data Collection; 
Regulatory Solutions for Submissions and Compliance; 
and Informatics-based Insight Generation.

Instem  solutions  are  in  use  by  over  700  customers 
worldwide, including all the largest 25 pharmaceutical 
companies,  enabling  clients  to  bring  life  enhancing 
products to market faster. Instem’s portfolio of software 
solutions and services increases client productivity by 
automating study-related processes while offering the 

unique ability to generate new knowledge through the 
extraction  and  harmonisation  of  actionable  scientific 
information.

Instem products and services now address aspects of the 
entire  drug  development  value  chain,  from  discovery 
through to market launch. Management estimate that 
over 50% of all drugs on the market have been through 
some  part  of  Instem’s  platform  at  some  stage  of  their 
development.  To  learn  more  about  Instem  solutions 
and its mission, please visit instem.com.

5

H I G H L I G H T S

T h e   r e c e n t   a c q u i s i t i o n s   o f   T h e   E d g e ,   d - w i s e   a n d   P D S   h i g h l i g h t 

o u r   a b i l i t y   t o   a d d   s c a l e   a n d   l e v e r a g e   e x i s t i n g   c u s t o m e r 

r e l a t i o n s h i p s   w i t h   a   v i e w   t o   f u r t h e r   e n h a n c i n g   e a r n i n g s ,   w h i l e 

p r o v i d i n g   a   s t r o n g   p l a t f o r m   f o r   c o n t i n u e d   g r o w t h .   

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

O P E R A T I O N A L   H I G H L I G H T S

• 

Strong organic growth with little impact of 
COVID-19

•  New business revenue came from both new and 

existing clients

•  Further expansion of footprint in the Asia-Pacific 

region

•  Continued transition to the SaaS model further 
increased recurring revenue and earnings 
visibility

•  Transformed the scale and reach of the business 

through acquisitions of:
•  The Edge Software Consultancy ("The Edge")
•  d-wise Technologies Inc ("d-wise")
•  PDS Pathology Data Systems Ltd (“PDS”) 

P O S T   P E R I O D - E N D   H I G H L I G H T S

•  New banking facility finalised with HSBC of up to 

£20m, £10m of which is committed 

•  Earn outs met in full for d-wise and The Edge 

(PDS has no earn out provision)

•  No known exposure to Russia or Ukraine

•  Revenues increased 63% to £46.0m (2020: 

£28.2m)
•  Recurring revenue (annual support and SaaS) 
increased 43% to £24.1m (2020: £16.9m) with 
SaaS revenues increasing 21% to £9.7m (2020: 
£8.0m)

•  Organic revenue growth of 7% to £30.1m 

(2020: £28.2m) 

•  Organic constant currency revenue growth 

• 

was 12%
SaaS Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) of 
£11.5m at 1 January 2022

•  Adjusted EBITDA* of £8.3m (2020: £5.9m)
•  Reported profit before tax of £3.0m (2020: profit 

of £2.5m)

•  Adjusted profit before tax** of £5.0m (2020: 

£4.0m)

•  Fully diluted earnings per share of 7.4p (2020: 

11.6p earnings per share)

•  Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share** of 

16.3p (2020: 19.1p)

•  Cash balance as at 31 December 2021 of £15.0m 
(2020: £26.7m, reflecting the equity raise in July 
2020 to fund the 2021 acquisitions).

For an explanation of the alternative performance 
measures in the report, please refer to page 20

*Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and non-
recurring items. 
**After adjusting for the effect of foreign currency exchange on 
the revaluation of inter-company balances included in finance 
income/(costs), non-recurring items and amortisation of 
intangibles on acquisitions. 

6

"The performance during the year highlighted our 
resilience - especially given the COVID-19 backdrop, 
and I would like to thank all of our staff for their 
continued efforts and hard work. Our proven model 
continues to generate strong cash flows while the 
combination of increasing demand for regulatory-
backed solutions and a growing demand for artificial 
intelligence and in silico solutions in the drug R&D 
process underpins our confidence in further leveraging 
our software and service portfolio. As such, we now 
have the platform in place to capitalise on the various 
opportunities ahead of us and we look forward to 
reporting further progress as we continue to execute 
our growth strategy.

In common with other businesses, we have seen wage 
inflation in recent months and, accordingly, we are 
moderating our profit expectations for the current 
year ahead of price rises on contract renewals flowing 
through positively to revenue. Importantly, we already 
have good visibility for the current year with growing 
recurring SaaS and Annual Support revenues and a 
strong pipeline.

The recent acquisitions of The Edge, d-wise and 
PDS highlight our ability to add scale and leverage 
existing customer relationships with a view to further 
enhancing earnings, while providing a strong platform 
for continued growth.  We look forward to advancing 
further acquisition opportunities after consolidating 
the 2021 additions."

P J Reason
Chief Executive

H i g h l i g h t s

7

"...the Company is now closer to 

becoming a one-stop shop for life 

sciences companies looking for long 

term partnerships to assist them over 

the drug discovery and development 

landscape."

D Gare

Non-Executive Chairman

C h a i r m a n ' s   S t a t e m e n t

8

C H A I R M A N ' S   S T A T E M E N T

The  achievements  of  the  Company  in  the  year  have 
been  outstanding.  Not  only  has  our  operational 
performance  been  exceptional  but  the  business  has 
also  accomplished  a  fundamental  strategic  shift  in  its 
scale and reach as a result of the completion of three 
important acquisitions. As a consequence, our standing 
within  the  wider  industry  has  been  significantly 
enhanced.
In July 2020 we raised funds to acquire businesses that 
we believed would be transformational to the company 
by  extending  our  ‘footprint’  in  the  life  sciences  R&D 
space,  providing  a  stronger  platform  for  long  term 
growth.  I  believe  that  we  can  say  that  this  has  been 
achieved.  The  acquisitions  of  d-wise  and  The  Edge 
have  significantly  extended  our  product  and  service 
portfolio,  whilst  the  acquisition  of  PDS  ensures  that 
our position in the preclinical space is unrivalled.
Whilst  the  integration  of  the  acquired  businesses  is 
ongoing,  we  have  already  seen  the  benefits  of  their 
skillsets  and  teams  operating  within  the  enlarged 
Group,  providing  a  significant  contribution  to  our 
overall financial performance in the year.

O P E R A T I O N S
The  Company’s  strong  infrastructure  and  ability  to 
operate  remotely  provided  essential  resilience  in  our 
business  operations  as  the  pandemic  continued.  We 
are  delighted  with  and  thankful  for  the  team’s  efforts 
throughout this challenging period. 
We  have  made  notable  progress  on  a  number  of  key 
metrics during the Period. In particular:
•  Continued  growth 

revenues 
(increased  21%  to  £9.7m)  both  through  new 
business  wins  and  via  the  ongoing  conversion  of 
existing clients

in  SaaS-based 

•  Total Group revenues increased 63% - including the 
partial  year  impact  of  the  acquisitions  completed 
during the period

•  Adjusted EBITDA increased 39% 
•  Net cash generated from operations of £10.3m

C O R P O R A T E   E N H A N C E M E N T
We were delighted to welcome Mr Riaz Bandali to the 
Board  in  December  2021.  Riaz  has  spent  his  entire 
career  in  the  healthcare  and  life  sciences  industries 
in  a  variety  of  strategic,  commercial  and  operational 
roles  at  senior  level,  also  including  exposure  to 
fundraising  and  M&A  activity  and,  as  such,  brings  a 
wealth of relevant experience and contacts in the North 
American  and  wider  life  sciences  industry.  We  are 

also  continuing  with  our  efforts  to  identify  a  further 
suitable Independent NED candidate and look forward 
to updating shareholders in due course.
We  were  also  delighted  to  appoint  Stifel  Nicolaus 
Europe Ltd as Joint broker with Singer Capital Markets 
to  enhance  our  presence,  primarily  within  the  North 
American investor market.

L O O K I N G   F O R WA R D
In the short term, we are confident that we can continue 
to execute our growth plans for the Group. That said, 
labour  cost  inflation,  in  particular,  has  significantly 
increased  in  recent  times.  As  a  result,  although 
anticipating  material  improvement  over  2021,  we 
are  prudently  moderating  our  profit  expectations  for 
the  current  year,  whilst  planning  to  regain  ground  in 
the  following  year,  as  justifiable  price  increases  flow 
through to revenue.
The  three  acquisitions,  completed  in  the  year,  have 
extended  our  reach  from  discovery  to  clinical  trials 
across  the  drug  discovery  and  development  lifecycle. 
As a result, the Company is now closer to becoming a 
one-stop shop for life sciences companies looking for 
long  term  partnerships  to  assist  them  over  the  drug 
discovery and development landscape.
Whilst  our  near-term  focus  remains  on  completing 
the  successful  integration  of  the  recently  acquired 
businesses,  the  Board  believes  that  this  new  platform 
further 
will  create  substantial  opportunities 
development of the business. These include:
•  Organic  revenue  growth  from  additional  market 
penetration, cross-selling and the introduction of 
new products and services

for 

•  Margin 

improvement 

SaaS  deployment  and 
infrastructure

through  conversion 

to 
leveraging  our  global 

•  Accretive  M&A  and  strategic  partnerships  in 
existing  markets,  as  well  as  entry  into  related 
adjacent areas.

In  summary,  we  believe  that  the  momentum  and 
platform  we  now  have  in  place  ensures  that  the 
Company is well positioned for continued success over 
the longer term.

D Gare
Non-Executive Chairman

9

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T

S T R A T E G I C   D E V E L O P M E N T

During 2021, the Group materially advanced its ability 
to pursue its strategic thesis of providing data driven, 
“in silico” alternatives to traditional client experimental 
processes  with  the  aim  of  radically  reducing  the  cost 
and time of life sciences R&D. The strategy is based on 
leveraging  trusted  client  and  regulatory  relationships 
and our  intimate understanding of complex scientific 
data,  established  by  providing  a  broad  portfolio  of 
market  leading  IT  solutions  that  optimise  today’s  life 
sciences R&D processes, from early discovery to late-
stage  clinical  trials.    The  acquisition  of  The  Edge  has 
strengthened  our  position  in  discovery  and  d-wise 
adds  a  well-respected  market  leader  in  the  analysis 
and  de-identification  of  clinical  trial  data.    Instem’s 
in  non-clinical 
already  strong  market  presence 
development was enhanced by the acquisition of long-
term competitor PDS and we are now well positioned 
to provide innovative solutions across the entire R&D 
continuum.
Organic  growth  remained  strong,  with  retention  of 
recurring SaaS and Annual Support revenue once again 
ahead of our 98% key performance indicator and new 
business  win  rates  confirming  our  market  leadership 
across  our  broad  portfolio.    Although  the  increasing 
rate of SaaS deployment, for existing and new clients, 
moderated  short  term  revenue  growth,  due  to  the 
switch  from  perpetual  license  revenue  recognition 
to  longer  term  subscription  rentals,  overall  organic 
revenue growth remained strong.

M A R K E T   R E V I E W

The  market  backdrop  continues  to  be  favourable 
for  the  Group  given  global  population  growth  and 
life  expectancy  underpinning  increased  demand  for 
successful  innovation  in  life  sciences.    Increasing 
amounts  of  money  are  being  invested  in  the  biotech 
industry  with  the  pharmaceuticals  sector  investing 
heavily  in  drug  development,  underpinning  a  strong 
pipeline  for  Instem.  The  market  dynamics  were 
highlighted 
the  ongoing  COVID-19 
pandemic,  which  presented  a  number  of  new 
opportunities  as  R&D  increased  with  all  the  major 
companies 
focusing  on  developing  vaccines  or 
therapies.
In  the  pharmaceutical  industry,  which  represents  the 
largest proportion of Instem's revenue, we refer again 
to the Pharma R&D Annual Review, the 2022 version 

further  by 

of which was released by Pharma Intelligence in March 
this  year.  This  report  shows  that  the  industry  grew 
strongly  in  the  last  12  months  with  an  8.2%  increase 
(2020:  4.8%)  in  the  total  number  of  drugs  in  the 
regulatory  stages  of  global  R&D,  continuing  a  multi-
year growth trend that,  shows no sign of abating. Most 
relevant  to  Instem  are  the  increase  in  the  number  of 
drugs at the preclinical (or non-clinical) phase of drug 
development of 11.0% (2020: 6.0%) and clinical phases 
1-3 where there was an 8.3% increase (2020: 3.6%), as 
these areas account for much of our business.
The  constant  development  of  the  drug  discovery 
pipeline  continues  to  drive  demand  for  Instem’s 
solutions – which enable companies to provide faster 
and  cheaper  routes  to  market  for  their  life  changing 
products. Importantly, the regulatory-backed Standard 
for  the  Exchange  of  Non-clinical  Data  ("SEND") 
continues  to  underpin 
longer  term  opportunity 
and  visibility  in  the  non-clinical  segment.  Similar  
regulatory standards help with demand for our clinical 
trial analysis solutions and mandatory provision of de-
identified clinical trial data for European and Canadian 
regulatory authority approved drugs enhances demand 
for our clinical trial transparency software and services. 

B U S I N E S S   P E R F O R M A N C E

S T U D Y   M A N A G E M E N T   A N D 
D A T A   C O L L E C T I O N

Performance  here  was  very  pleasing,  with  revenue 
growth compared to the prior period of 34%, with 17% 
organic growth and 17% from acquisitions, including 
10 months contribution from The Edge and 4 months 
from PDS. 
The 11% increase in the number of drugs in the non-
clinical stage of development has supported significant 
growth for the contract research organisations (CROs) 
specialising  in  this  area  and  they  in  turn  have  been 
purchasing additional users for our products, additional 
product  modules  that  they  had  not  yet  licensed  and 
services  to  support  their  successful  deployment  and 
use of our solutions.
The majority of the revenue associated with orders in 
excess of £2.7m, announced for one of our largest CRO 
clients  on  15  December  2020  and  in  our  14  January 
2021 Trading Update, was recognised in 2021 and we 
continue to collaborate extensively with this customer 
as  they  look  for  competitive  advantage  through 

1 0

technology investment. Most of this additional revenue 
was study management related but also included new 
SEND related capabilities, much of which will benefit 
the wider SEND community.
The  acquisition  of  The  Edge  has  broadened  Instem's 
reach  into  the  Discovery  Study  Management  market, 
providing scope for increased cross-selling particularly 
in the Drug Metabolism & Pharmacokinetics (DMPK) 
field.  The  Edge  extends  the  Company’s  reach  within 
existing and new clients and enhances our technology 
offering.    Provided  predominantly  on  a  subscription 
basis,  The  Edge  has  helped  to  expand  our  recurring 
revenue.

I N   S I L I C O   S O L U T I O N S

Following a slow H1 2021 as a result of the pandemic, 
demand picked up during H2.  This is an area where 
we  have  historically  generated  significant  market 
awareness and sales pipeline at scientific conferences, 
as  both  Instem  staff  and  reference  clients  present  a 
new,  "disruptive"  approach  to the established method 
of  assessing  the  potential  safety  issues  of  modulating 
a biological target thought to offer therapeutic benefit.  
We  were  eagerly  awaiting  the  post  COVID-19  return 
to in person conferences, which were further delayed 
by  the  Delta  and  Omicron  variants.    Post  period  end 
in late March 2022 we attended the largest event of this 
type,  the "Society of Toxicology" annual meeting and 
were  extremely  encouraged  by  the  strong  interest  in 
our In Silico solutions.
In  November  2021  the  Company  announced  the 
release  of  the  latest  edition  of  its  Leadscope  Model 
Applier  computational  toxicology  software  solution. 
This  release  included  a  comprehensive  package  of 
new and updated models to meet the growing market 
demand for in silico solutions, which are often heavily 
encouraged  and  supported  by  the  global  regulatory 
authorities.

R E G U L A T O R Y   S O L U T I O N S

Every drug company is required to submit non-clinical 
data in the SEND format to the FDA (Food and Drug 
Administration) as part of the processes for testing and 
getting  approval  for  a  new  drug.  The  combination  of 
the industry’s focus on addressing a continuing backlog 
of SEND conversion work, in addition to the standard 
being  extended  to  new  study  types,  provides  a  solid 
platform for continued growth.
Instem’s  technology  creates,  manages  and  visualises 
the  Group  also  provides 
SEND  datasets  while 
technology-enabled  outsourced  services,  enabling 
customers to make FDA submissions with confidence. 

The industry is increasingly looking to unlock silos of 
information  and    importantly,  customers  are  starting 
to contemplate Instem’s SEND solutions as a consistent 
approach to leveraging their valuable historic studies for 
more efficient and effective research. This is providing 
a growing source of revenue for the Group, highlighted 
through  a  £0.7m  top-30  pharmaceutical  company 
contract  for  conversion  of  historical  studies  to  the 
SEND  format,  and  subsequently  the  data  warehouse 
and  exploration  technology  platform  to  house  this 
data, both won during the Period.
The  acquisition  of  competitor  PDS  allows  for  greater 
industry standardisation on Instem’s SEND technology 
platform and has brought a further 17 US-based SEND 
consultants to an outsourced services team of 72 people, 
38  or  whom  are  based  in  India.    Instem’s  expertise, 
capacity, and business in this area in unrivalled.

C L I N I C A L  T R I A L  A C C E L E R A T I O N 

The  acquisition  of  d-wise  on  1  April  2021  led  to  the 
creation  of  a  fourth  business  unit,  Clinical  Trial 
Acceleration,  which  pleasingly  met  its  EBITDA-
based  earn  out  target  for  the  financial  year  ended  31 
December 2021.
Solid  progress  was  made  in  all  areas  of  the  business, 
with material contribution during the period from two 
statistical computing environment (SCE) solution lines 
of business:
• 

the productised integration of leading technology 
tools,  hosted  by  Instem  for  small  to  mid-sized 
pharmaceutical companies and CROs
large custom projects for bigger clients

• 
Focus  and  investment  increased  during  the  year  on 
Aspire, a next generation clinical analytics framework 
of  flexible  components  that  can  be  leveraged  in  both 
the  productised  or  custom  approaches  to  building 
and  deploying  SCE  solutions.    Aspire  is  expected  to 
significantly speed up the time to deployment of a new 
SCE solution, to provide recurring SaaS revenue and, 
ultimately, to result in higher project margins.
With some COVID-related relaxation by the European 
and Canadian regulatory authorities of the requirement 
for  submission  of  anonymised  clinical  trial  data  for 
each  approved  new  drug,  we  experienced  lower  than 
expected  demand  for  our  clinical  trial  transparency 
products and outsourced services, however this remains 
a promising regulatory mandated growth opportunity. 

1 1

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

E N V I R O N M E N T A L ,   S O C I A L   A N D 
G O V E R N A N C E   ( E S G )

Position and Mission
Instem is a leading provider of IT solutions and services 
to the life science market with a mission to enable our 
customers  to  bring  their  life  enhancing  products  to 
market faster. 
The Group’s mission and values align with the health 
care provision by assisting its customers to accelerate 
the  discovery,  development  and  delivery  of  their  life 
enhancing products while complying with the relevant 
regulations.  Instem’s  suite  of  In  Silico  Solutions  in 
particular  helps  reduce  the  reliance  on  animal-based 
testing,  and  only  uses  such  results  when  alternative 
methods  are  not  sufficient  to  assess  the  toxicity 
potential of a chemical. 
The  core  values  underlying  our  approach  to  this 
mission are summarised by the acronym, “RECIPe”: 
•  Offer Respect in our dealings with each other
•  Empower everyone to add real value at every stage
•  Be Creative in our solutions
• 
•  Be Passionate in our execution
•  Leading to enjoyment in our working lives
The Group has made good progress this year with its 
initial  ESG  targets  and  it  is  committed  to  developing 
a  comprehensive  ESG  strategy  over  the  forthcoming 
years,  which  will  include  key  risks  and  opportunities 
of the Group.  
In 2021, the Group received its first external ESG rating 
from  Gaïa  Research  which  placed  the  Group  above 
the  national  benchmarks  for  its  sector  and  turnover 
category.

Show Integrity in dealing with issues

ENVIRONMENT

Our Environmental impact
At Instem, we understand our responsibility to ensure 
that  we  are  acting  responsibly  for  the  environment. 
For  this  reason,  in  2021  we  implemented  a  new 
Environmental  Strategy  across  the  group,  with  the 
objective of ensuring Instem minimises its impact on 
the environment as part of its business activities.
The  environmental  strategy  is  implemented  through 
an  Environmental  Management  System,  taking  into 
account  the  requirements  of  Streamlined  Energy  and 
Carbon Reporting (SECR) and the Task Force on Climate 
Related  Financial  Disclosures  (TCFD).    We  intend  to 

improve the overall environmental performance of the 
Group, considering both our organisational profile and 
the local laws and regulations in which Instem offices 
are located. The Group has reviewed the requirements 
of  the  Environmental  Reporting  guidelines,  for  each 
Company in the Group that qualifies as large their total 
energy  consumption  is  below  40MWh  and  therefore 
the  Group  and  Company  is  not  required  to  prepare 
an  Energy  and  Carbon  Report.  Instem  will  meet  the 
statutory  reporting  requirements  of  SECR,  with  the 
first  results  due  to  be  included  in  the  Annual  Report 
for the year ending 31 December 2022. 
An  Environmental  Management  Group  oversees 
our  environmental  management  system,  including 
representatives  from  Human  Resources,  Information 
Services  and  Governance,  Risk  Management  and 
Compliance.

information 

IT Equipment Waste Management
We already ensure that, as a Group, we are participating 
in  a  programme  to  recycle  or  re-purpose  the  highest 
amount  possible  of  all 
technology 
equipment used internally. 
In  addition  to  the  above  requirement,  one  company 
within the group, which is defined as a manufacturer, 
submitted  its  annual  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic 
Equipment  (WEEE)  return  disclosing  a  minimal 
amount of 8.5kgs in the year ended 31 December 2021.
Impact of Greenhouse Gas Emission:
As  per  our  mandatory  reporting  of  greenhouse  gas 
emissions  pursuant  to  the  Companies  Act  2006 
(Strategic  Report  and  Directors’  Report)  Regulations 
2013,  the  Group  has  reviewed  the  requirements  of 
the  Environmental  Reporting  guidelines.  For  each 
Company in the group that is qualified as large, their 
total  energy  consumption  is  below  40MWh  and 
therefore the Group and Company are not required to 
prepare an Energy and Carbon Report to be included 
within this Annual Report.

Task Force for Climate- related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD)
The  TCFD  was  established  by  the  Financial  Stability 
Board  to  assist  companies  to  assess  climate-related   
financial  risks.  The  TCFD  has  developed  a  series 
of  recommendations  on 
the  disclosures,  which 
organisations  should  include  in  their  annual  report, 
covering:
•  Governance
• 
Strategy 

1 2

•  Risk Management
•  Metrics and targets
As part of our responsibility to manage our contribution 
to  long-term  climate  change,  we  have  included  the 
recommendations from the TCFD as part of our new 
Environmental  Strategy.  This  will  assist  in  informing 
our stakeholders of our climate-related financial risks 
and how we manage them. 
Currently  Instem  is  not  required  to  report  under  the 
TFCD due to its size. Metrics will be published in the 
2023  annual  report  should  Instem  meet  the  required 
criteria.   

SOCIAL 

Employment Practices 
Instem’s staff are a key component in the success of the 
business and in respect of this Instem has a dedicated 
Human Resources team that has implemented policies 
to support staff during their employment. 

Ethical Practices and Human Rights
Instem  places  high  emphasis  on  conducting  its 
business  with  honesty  and  integrity  and  this  forms 
part of our core values. The highest ethical standards 
are expected of management and employees alike and 
we continuously strive to create a corporate culture of 
honesty, integrity and trust. 
As a vendor of software and associated services, Instem 
operates in the highly regulated and ethically minded 
life sciences industry where there is not a prevalence of 
human rights issues. 
Internally,  Instem  has  implemented  policies  such  as 
Anti-Corruption, Anti-Bribery and Corporate Criminal 
Offences  with  the  HR  policy  and  culture  handbooks 
ensuring  staff  understand  their  responsibilities  in 
relation to ethical matters.  Ethics and Code of Conduct 
training  is  also  mandatory  training  for  all  staff.  We 
operate a global staff handbook, which consolidates all 
the above policies. 
Our Human Resources Policy and Culture handbooks, 
together  with  our  procurement  practices,  require 
Instem  and  third-party  staff  to  be  treated  fairly  and 
employed  in  accordance  with  all  relevant  laws  and 
regulations for the locations in which they are based.

Ensuring that equal opportunities exist for all
The  Group  is  fully  committed  to  offering  equal 
employment  opportunities  to  all  and  its  policies  are 
designed to attract, retain and motivate staff, who can 
demonstrate  that  they  have  the  necessary  skills  and 
capabilities,  regardless  of  protected  characteristics,  or 
any other conditions not relevant to the performance 
of  the  job.  The  Group  gives  proper  consideration  to 
applications  for  employment  when  these  are  received 

from  persons  with  disabilities,  taking  account  of  any 
reasonable  adjustments  that  may  be  required  for 
candidates  with  a  disability.  The  Group’s  policies  are 
consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the  Universal 
Declaration  on  Human  Rights  and  the  spirit  of  the 
labour 
International  Labour  Organisation  core 
standards.

Employee’s diversity 
Instem has a diverse global workforce with staff located 
across  the  UK,  Europe,  North  America  and  Asia.  As 
of 31 December 2021, 66% (2020: 59%) of employees 
were located outside of the UK.
The  Group  recognises  the  importance  of  gender 
diversity on its Board and within senior management 
and whilst this is a consideration, future appointment 
will ultimately be based on merit. 
As the Group has less than 250 employees in the United 
Kingdom, it is not a reporting requirement to publish 
a gender pay gap report. However, the Group’s internal 
processes ensure that salary levels and salary increases 
are fair and comparable across its staff in all regions.

Engagement with the workforce
Annual  staff  surveys,  incorporating  both  Gallup  Q12 
and Great Place to Work® concepts, are undertaken by 
the  Human  Resources  team  to  ensure  our  staff  have 
an  opportunity  to  express  views  on  a  wide  range  of 
employment  and  social  issues.  Regular  staff  reviews 
offer additional opportunities for such communications 
as  well  as  to  guide  training  and  skills  development. 
The results of the 2021 staff survey demonstrated that 
90% (2020: 82%) of employees regard Instem as a great 
place to work. 
During  the  year  the  Group  expanded  its  range  of 
employee  engagement  activities  ensuring  that  the 
views and opinions of employees are heard and that its 
corporate values are upheld. During the year ended 31 
December 2021 these activities included: 
•  quarterly  company  performance  meetings  for  all 
staff  and  interactive  forums  to  raise  questions, 
topics  of  interest,  provide  feedback  or  listen  to 
others
acquisition  integration  forum  meetings,  which 
provides  the  opportunity  to  ask  questions  about 
the integration process
trading updates and monthly management reports 
are shared with all staff

• 

• 

•  highlighting  mental  health  issues  and  raising 
awareness through mental health panel interviews 
with  staff,  resilience  and  stress  management 
webinars 
and  mental  wellness  workshops 
introducing the “Wellbeing Wheel” to support staff 
mental health.

1 3

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Health and well-being for staff was promoted through 
employee  communication  channels  and  subsidised 
healthcare provision.
An  internal  Kudos  Award  programme  has  been 
implemented across the whole Group where staff and 
managers are able to recognise exceptional individual 
staff and team performance.
Due  to  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  new  working 
practices  have  been  implemented  in  2021  including 
a  new  homeworking  policy,  with  48%  staff  choosing 
to  be  hybrid,  50%  staff  remote  and  2%  office  based. 
This  homeworking  policy  along  with  a  series  of 
flexible  working  and  holiday  policies  have  supported 
the  workforce  through  the  difficulties  of  balancing 
childcare  with  work  commitments.  Regular  staff 
surveys  were  also  conducted  and  provided  staff  with 
an opportunity to provide feedback on any issues they 
were facing, in order for Instem to provide support as 
appropriate. 

Customer Issues
Instem  has  a  clear  strategic  objective  of  meeting 
customer needs and expectations in the products and 
services that are supplied. The following processes help 
Instem achieve this aim: 
Software Development and Deployment
Instem  has  a  comprehensive  Software  Development 
Lifecycle  and  robust  testing  processes  that  are 
overseen  by  Instem’s  ISO9001:2015  certified  Quality 
Management System.  
SaaS deployment of Instem solutions has enabled our 
customers to reduce their own IT infrastructure. 100% 
network  availability  was  achieved  for  SaaS  customers 
during 2021.   
Customer Support
Instem  offers  various  support  services  to  help  our 
customers  use 
Instem  solutions  efficiently  and 
effectively.  These  include  installation  and  technical 
configuration support, training, validation, consultancy 
and a global helpdesk. 
Instem  also  strives  to  meet  customers'  needs  and 
expectations  by  regularly  enhancing  our  software 
through new functionality and software changes. 
Data Protection 
Instem  has  a  Group  wide  data  protection  policy  and 
document  framework  that  sets  out  processes  and  the 
legal conditions that must be satisfied in relation to the 
obtaining,  handling,  processing,  storage,  transferring 

and destruction of personal information in relation to 
the  laws  and  regulations  of  countries  and  regions  in 
which Instem operates.  
Information Security and Business Continuity
At Instem, Information Security is embedded into all 
aspects  of  our  business  and  we  use  a  combination  of 
technical,  administrative  and  procedural  controls  to 
protect IT and information from being compromised. 
Instem’s  security  controls  are  managed  according  to 
our  ISO  27001:2013  certified  information  security 
management system (ISMS) and implemented through 
a combination of people, technology and processes.
Instem's  Business  Continuity,  Disaster  Recovery 
and 
Information  Security  policies,  procedures 
and  assessments  are  designed  to  protect  sensitive 
information and enable effective response to cyber or 
security threats. Our programs are designed to create 
a  resilient  operating  environment  with  pre-planned 
response and recovery strategies in the event of business 
disruption. These strategies focus on safeguarding our 
people, assets, information and clients. Comprehensive 
cyber  insurance  is  in  place  across  the  entire  Instem 
organisation.
Instem  maintains  programs  with  frameworks  and 
methodologies  designed 
effectively  manage 
business  continuity  risk.  Established  emergency  and 
crisis  management  activities  and  protocols  have  been 
interwoven into the Business Continuity Process. The 
Business Continuity Management Policy and Standards 
outline the mandates and minimum requirements that 
the  business  must  follow  to  plan  for  and  respond  to 
disruptive  events.    Methods  the  Group  has  used  are 
based on a proven, certifiable discipline (ISO 22301), 
although it should be noted that Instem is not certified 
to this standard.

to 

Community Involvement and Development
With  employees  around  the  globe,  we  believe  it  is 
important  to  consider  how  our  presence  can  benefit 
the  local  communities  in  which  we  operate.  We  also 
consider  common  cultural  threads  that  unite  us  as  a 
global  organisation,  whilst  meeting  the  needs  of  our 
employees in every region, elements of this include:
• 

Supporting  a  number  of  Charities  including 
matched-funding  of  employee  fundraising  events 
such as Breast Cancer Now and Oxfam. 

•  Partnering with the INSPIRE Safety Pharmacology 
Horizon 2020 project which includes funding two 
PhD students. 

1 4

•  Plans to extend the Group’s graduate recruitment 
scheme  and  establish  a  graduate  apprenticeship 
centre of excellence.

•  Raising  funds  for  building  a  pre-  and  primary 

school in Tanzania.

•  Nature photography and children’s nature drawing 
competitions which involved the sponsoring of an 
endangered animal at a zoo, or issuing vouchers for 
an environmentally friendly shop. 
Sponsoring  of  a  local  bee  colony  near  the  Stone, 
UK office

• 

GOVERNANCE

Organisational Governance
At Instem, the Executive management team, under the 
direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  strives  to  attend 
to  the  interests  of  all  its  stakeholders.  Shareholders’ 
interests are also aligned with the long-term incentive 
plans provided to senior management, achievement of 
which is based on increasing the value of the company 
through  an  increasing  Instem  share  price.  Instem’s 
Board  of  Directors  is  committed  to  an  appropriate 
composition  of  the  Board  and  considers  ways  of 
achieving  this  by  soliciting  institutional  shareholders 
views.  In  December  2021,  an  additional  independent 
non-executive director was appointed. 
Instem  is  committed  to  having  effective  governance 
practices  to  support  the  pursuit  of  its  corporate 
objectives,  using  appropriate  management  processes 
and systems to deliver the highest standards of ethical 
business conduct and corporate governance.
To  further  support  these  goals,  a  Governance,  Risk 
Management and Compliance (GRC) department has 
been established, with the aim of providing Instem with 
a  collection  of  capabilities  that  allows  the  business  to 
reliably manage governance, identify and manage risks 
and to provide an independent, internal quality audit 
function to ensure the business remains in compliance.
The  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  oversight 
of  risks  and  ESG  matters  facing  the  Group  (such  as 
social,  ethical,  environmental,  legal  and  regulatory 
compliance, business model resilience). These matters 
are routinely included at each Group board meeting.    

S E C T I O N   1 7 2   S T A T E M E N T
In  accordance  with  section  172  of  the  Companies 
Act  2006  the  Directors,  collectively  and  individually, 
confirm that during the year ended 31 December 2021 
they acted in good faith and have upheld their ‘duty to 
promote the success of the Group’ to the benefit of its 
stakeholder groups. This includes the three corporate 
acquisitions that were made during the year that bring 

scale, profitability and new opportunities to the Instem 
group,  whilst  acknowledging  that  they  also  bring 
additional challenges as they go through an integration 
process.  
Directors  acknowledge  the  importance  of  forming 
and  retaining  a  constructive  relationship  with  all 
stakeholder  groups.  Effective  engagement  with 
stakeholders  enables  the  Board  to  ensure  stakeholder 
interests  are  considered  when  making  decisions  and 
is  crucial  for  achieving  the  long-term  success  of  the 
Group. 
Instem identifies six key stakeholder groups associated 
with our business:
•  Employees
•  Clients
• 
•  Partners
•  Communities in which we operate
• 

Shareholders

Suppliers

Employees
We  recognise  that  our  employees  are  critical  to  the 
success  of  our  business  and  we  focus  considerable 
attention  on 
their  positive  engagement.  This 
commences  from  their  initial  induction  into  the 
Group where new joiners are introduced to our Group 
Values  and  our  Culture  Handbook,  which  provide  a 
framework for ensuring an alignment between Group 
and  employee  interests.    There  is  frequent  and  open 
communication with employees, who are encouraged 
to share their opinions, informally and through regular 
surveys,  both  attributable  and  anonymously.    We 
have  consistently  used  the  Gallup  Q12  engagement 
questions  in  our  surveys  to  identify  trends  and  our 
survey questions have been expanded over recent years 
to align with those used by the Great Place to Work® 
organisation.    Employee-led,  location  specific  Action 
Groups  propose  and  implement  changes  to  address 
employee  identified  opportunities  for  improvement. 
Proposals are considered by the Executive management 
team and actioned accordingly.

Clients
We are fortunate to operate in an industry that has a 
highly collaborative culture with many businesses and 
scientific  related  societies  and  organisations.    Instem 
participates widely in these groups, networking closely 
with our clients and prospects, often taking a leadership 
role based on the considerable expertise of our staff and 
the broad experience we gain from working with many 
clients.    In  addition,  Instem  organises  multiple  client 
engagement  forums  related  to  sectors  of  our  market, 
specific  products  and  common  industry  practices  or 
regulation.    These  Special  Interest  Groups  provide 

1 5

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

input to strategy and operations, allowing us to ensure 
that  our  products  and  services  meet  the  needs  of  the 
entire client (and prospect) community.
We survey our clients annually and, more regularly, at 
the completion of each project and as we address each 
client support call.  These surveys also help us to plan 
and prioritise changes to our products, services and the 
broader  engagement  we  have  with  clients  across  our 
business.
Our  client  Strategic  Advisory  Board 
(“SAB”), 
comprises  senior  individuals  with  a  broad  industry 
perspective,    from  a  variety  of  client  organisations. 
The  SAB,  which  meets  twice  per  year,  is  tasked  with 
informing/validating  Instem’s  business,  product  and 
service strategy. It provides guidance to ensure Instem 
is successful in its mission to enable its clients to bring 
their life enhancing products to market faster.

Shareholders
With the professional guidance of our joint broker and 
nominated adviser, Singer Capital Markets, joint broker 
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited and our financial public 
relations  advisers,  Walbrook  PR,  the  Group  engages 
with  shareholders  through  multiple  channels,  aiming 
to  provide  clear  and  informative  updates.    Regulated 
News  Service  releases  are  provided  regularly,  both 
those required as an AIM-listed business and additional 
releases  to  keep  shareholders,  and  the  wider  market, 
informed about interesting business developments.  We 
undertake  multi-day  institutional  investor  roadshows 
following  the  announcement  of  interim  and  full-year 
results,  which  provide  an  opportunity  to  also  engage 
with  a  wider  group  of  financial  analysts  and  media.  
We typically organise, or attend, retail investor events, 
to  ensure  all  shareholders  have  access  to  executive 
management on a regular basis.
As  broker  research  is  typically  not  available  to  all 
shareholders,  we  engage  Progressive  Equity  Research 
to produce additional analyst research, which is freely 
available from the Instem Investor Centre website and 
through  other  investor  channels.  We  have  recently 
appointed Stifel Nicolaus Europe (Stifel) as joint broker 
with  Singer  Capital  Markets  and  we  anticipate  that 
they  will  be  initiating  research  on  Instem  following 
publication  of  these  2021  results.        In  addition,  we 
subscribe for services from Proactive Investor who make 
a range of Instem video and audio interviews available 
for  shareholder  and  wider  investor  consumption, 
aggregated with their own financial journalist coverage 
of Instem news.

Our annual general meeting provides a formal avenue 
to  receive  shareholder  feedback  and  an  opportunity 
for us to consider the implications should resolutions 
not  pass  unanimously.  We  also  take  note  of  feedback 
from shareholder representative groups, who typically 
provide  structured  feedback  ahead  of  annual  general 
meetings.  We  ensure  that  shareholders  are  treated 
equally  and  fairly,  regardless  of  the  size  of  their 
shareholding or their status as a private or institutional 
shareholder.  The  Group  provides  clear  and  timely 
communications  to  all  shareholders  in  their  chosen 
communication  medium,  as  well  as  via  the  Group’s 
website and via Regulatory News Service.

Partners
Instem has a number of strategic partners, with whom 
we actively engage to enhance our portfolio of world-
leading  products  and  services.    Formal  agreements 
govern  these  relationships  and  nominated  Instem 
employees  are  responsible  for  maintaining  a  regular 
and  open  dialogue  to  ensure  ongoing  alignment 
of  interests.    We  frequently  engage  our  partners  in 
the  wide  variety  of  methods  of  client  engagement 
described above to ensure they have a direct two-way 
line of communication with the end-users.

Communities
Instem  has  several  offices  around  the  world  and 
many employees who work from home. We recognise 
our  role  as  responsible  employers  and  community 
representatives and encourage and support our staff in 
this regard, regularly providing matching funding for 
charitable activities.  There are regular staff organised 
fund  raising  events  and  other  activities  to  support 
local  causes  that  occur  within  our  offices.  Clearly 
this  has  been  harder  to  accomplish  during  COVID-
related office lockdowns, but we have done so wherever 
possible,  for  example  we  continued  to  pay  our  office 
cleaning staff despite offices being closed.
With  only  office  (and  home)  based  activities,  our 
environmental  impact  is  generally  quite  modest, 
although  we  do  encourage  efficient  energy  usage  and 
recycling  in  office  locations.  We  also  consider  energy 
usage  with  our  external  data  centre  partners  as  our 
clients increasingly adopt our SaaS solutions increasing 
our  data  centre  footprint.    Through  investment  in 
technology,  staff  in  the  right  places  and  changing 
business  practices,  we  are  also  striving  to  reduce  the 
amount of air travel for staff between our international 
offices and to our globally dispersed client-base.

1 6

Significantly, from a global community perspective, we 
also recognise the considerable role we play in helping 
our  clients  to  provide  their  life  enhancing  products 
across  the  world.    We  continually  assess  how  we  can 
optimise  what  we  do  to  accelerate  the  availability  of 
safe and effective drugs, vaccines and medical devices, 
as well as safer and more effective agrochemicals, that 
help  to  increase  production  to  feed  an  ever-growing 
world population. 
The Board ensures that decisions made are responsible 
and  ethical  by  taking  into  consideration  the  wider 
society  external  to  the  organisation.  The  Group  is 
committed to contributing towards the community in 
which it operates.

Suppliers 
The  Group  engages  closely  with  its  suppliers  and  has 
internal  procedures  to  ensure  that  appropriate  due 
diligence  is  undertaken  on  these  firms  when  they 
are  engaged.  Engagement  with  any  new  suppliers  is 
subject to a formal process and requires final approval 
from  Instem’s  Governance,  Risk  management  and 
Compliance (GRC) department.
Significant  supplier  contracts  of  a  recurring  nature 
require  approval  from  the  Board  as  a  whole.  These 
suppliers are chosen according to their ability to meet 
the  Group’s  own  high  standards  and  to  demonstrate 
values that are consistent with those of the Group.

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
The directors review monthly revenue and operating costs to ensure that sufficient cash resources are available for the 
working capital requirements of the Group. Primary KPIs at the year end were:

Total revenue

Organic revenue1 *

Recurring revenue1 **

Annual Recurring revenue1

Recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue

Adjusted EBITDA1 ***

Adjusted EBITDA Margin %

Cash and cash equivalents

Organic customer retention rate for recurring SaaS and 
Annual Support revenue

Operating profit after non-recurring items

Year ended
31 Dec 2021
£000

46,017

30,052

24,082

28,741

52%

8,250

17.9%

15,021

98%

4,098

Year ended
31 Dec 2020
£000

28,217

28,217

16,941     

-

60%

5,919

21.0%

26,724

-

3,203

Change

63%

7%

42%

-

-800bps

39%

-310bps

(44%)

-

28%

1 For an explanation of the alternative performance measure in the report, please refer to page 20. Annual Recurring 
Revenue has been introduced as a KPI for the first time in 2021.
* Excluding revenue from the new acquired businesses
** Recurring revenue includes Annual support fees and SaaS subscription fees.
*** Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and non-recurring items.

1 7

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

fees, 

In  addition,  non-financial  KPIs  are  periodically 
reviewed  and  assessed,  including  customer  and  staff 
satisfaction and retention rates.
Instem’s  revenue  model  consists  of  perpetual  licence 
income  with  annual  support  and  maintenance 
contracts,  professional 
technology  enabled 
outsourced  services  fees,  SaaS  subscriptions  and 
consultancy services. 
Total  revenues  increased  by  63%  to  £46.0m  (2020: 
£28.2m),  including  revenue  from  The  Edge,  d-wise 
and  PDS,  which  were  acquired  in  March,  April  and 
September  2021  respectively.  Total  organic  revenue 
increased by 7% to £30.1m (2020: £28.2m). Recurring 
revenue, comprising Support & Maintenance contracts 
and  SaaS  subscriptions,  increased  during  the  year  by 
43% to £24.1m (2020: £16.9m). Recurring revenue as 
a percentage of total revenue was 52% (2020: 60%). In 
absolute  terms,  recurring  revenue  increased  over  the 
year by £7.2m but its percentage of the total decreased 
due  primarily  to  the  addition  of  d-wise  consulting 
revenue, which is classified as non-recurring.
Revenue from technology enabled outsourced services 
remained  stable  at  £6.4m  (2020:  £6.2m).  Operating 
expenses increased by 69% in the period reflecting the 
ongoing  investment  in  operational  teams  and  mainly 
the inclusion of The Edge, d-wise and PDS costs. Like-
for-like operating costs increased by 7%.
Adjusted  earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation, 
amortisation,  and  non-recurring 
items  (Adjusted 
EBITDA)  increased  by  41%  to  £8.3m  (2020:  £5.9m). 
For this measure of earnings, the margin as a percentage 
of revenue decreased in the period to 17.9% from 21% 
in  2020,  entirely  due  to  the  impact  of  the  lower  than 
Instem average margins of d-wise and PDS.  
Non-recurring  costs  in  the  period  were  £1.29m 
(2020:  £0.6m),  consisting  of  £0.1m  for  legal  expenses 
associated with historical contract disputes, £0.17m for 
share based payments and £1.02m of acquisition costs. 
Non-recurring income of £0.8m ($1.1m) relates to US 
federal  government  COVID-19  support  loans,  which 
were  forgiven  during  2021,  refer  to  note  3  for  non 
-recurring items.
The reported profit before tax for the year was £3.0m 
(2020: profit of £2.5m). Adjusted profit before tax (i.e. 
adjusting  for  the  effect  of  foreign  currency  exchange 
on the revaluation of inter-company balances included 
in  finance  income/(costs),  non-recurring  items  and 
amortisation of intangibles on acquisitions) was £5.0m 
(2020: £4.0m).  

The total income tax charge in the year of £1.3m (2020: 
£0.3m) is an effective tax rate of 43.8% (2020: 10.8%). 
The increase in the tax charge is mainly due to higher 
foreign  tax  payable,  including  on  profits  from  d-wise  
and the impact on deferred tax of the UK corporation 
tax rate increase to 25% from April 2023. In the UK, 
the Group continues to receive additional tax relief on 
its  research  and  development  expenditure,  which  is 
expected to continue into future years.
The Group continues to maintain its investment in its 
product  portfolio.  Research  and  development  costs 
incurred during the year were £4.9m (2020: £3.4m), of 
which £2.2m (2020: £1.2m) was capitalised. 
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to 
foreign currency risk on transactions denominated in 
a currency other than the functional currency and on 
the  translation  of  the  statement  of  financial  position 
and  statement  of  comprehensive  income  of  foreign 
operations into sterling.  The currency that gave rise to 
this risk in 2021 was primarily from realised US dollars 
transactions.  In  2021,  the  organic  revenue  growth 
excluding  the  foreign  exchange  exposure  was  12%. 
The  foreign  exchange  loss  recorded  during  2021  was 
£0.04m (2020: £0.5m), which is composed of realised 
and unrealised gains/losses. 
Basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  calculated  on 
an  adjusted  basis  were  17.2p  and  16.3p  respectively 
(2020:  20.4p  basic  and  19.1p  diluted).  The  reported 
basic and diluted earnings per share were 7.8p and 7.4p 
respectively (2020: 12.3p basic and 11.6p diluted). 
On  1  March  2021,  Instem  announced  the  acquisition 
of  The  Edge,  a  study  management  software  provider 
based  in  the  UK.  The  Edge  is  focused  on  improving 
the  efficiency  of  early-stage  drug  R&D,  improving 
productivity  and  ensuring  high-quality  data  capture. 
The  consideration  payable  is  up  to  £8.5m,  payable  as 
£6.0m initially, satisfied by £4.0m in cash from existing 
reserves  and  £2.0m  via  the  issuance  of  391,920  new 
ordinary  shares  in  Instem  plc,  £0.5m  of  deferred 
consideration  and  up  to  a  further  £2.0m  payable 
contingent on The Edge’s future trading performance, 
both amounts payable in cash. Since the year end, the 
deferred  consideration  has  been  paid  and  the  earn-
out  targets  have  been  achieved  in  full.  In  addition, 
an  amount  of  £1.5m  was  paid  in  2021  as  a  net  cash 
adjustment  after  deducting  the  estimated  debt  at  the 
point of the acquisition. 

1 8

capital management. The Group’s cash resources were 
used to accelerate the Group’s acquisition strategy with 
the acquisition of The Edge, d-wise and PDS. The net 
cash  payment  for  purchasing  those  subsidiaries  was 
£17.2m (net of cash acquired). The proceeds of £0.8m 
($1.1m) which were part of the US federal government 
support for businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic 
have  been  fully  forgiven  during  2021.  As  a  result  of 
the  above,  and  the  positive  organic  cash  generation 
achieved  in  the  period,  the  cash  balance  decreased 
from £26.7m to £15.0m.
The  latest  triennial  actuarial  valuation  of  the  Group’s 
legacy defined benefit pension scheme as at 5 April 2020, 
was completed in July 2021. As part of the process, the 
Group has agreed a revised Schedule of Contributions 
with  the  Trustees  of  the  Scheme,  which  are  intended 
to clear the Scheme deficit by 30 September 2026 (see 
note 27).
At 31 December 2021, the IAS19 accounting pension 
deficit  decreased  by  £1.9m  to  £2.0m  (2020:  £3.9m). 
The  agreed  Group  cash  contributions  currently 
approximate  to  £0.6m  per  annum,  payable  through 
to September 2026. The deficit at the 2021 year-end of 
£2.0m (2020: £3.9m) is represented by the fair value of 
assets of £14.0m (2020: £12.5m) and the present value 
of funded obligations of £16.0m (2020: £16.4m), after 
applying a discount rate of 1.90% (2020: 1.40%).

On 1 April 2021, Instem acquired US-based clinical trial 
technology and consulting leader d-wise Technologies, 
Inc.  (d-wise).  D-wise  adds  another  market  leading 
position  to  the  Group  in  an  attractive  adjacent  area 
of  clinical  trial  analysis  and  submission,  with  good 
future visibility through recurring revenue streams and 
already contracted, high value consultancy projects. The 
combined strength of Instem and d-wise positions the 
enlarged Group as the foremost authority and driving 
force in generating, analysing and leveraging data from 
Discovery through late-stage Clinical Trials. The total 
consideration  is  up  to  $31.0m  comprising  $20m  (c. 
£14.5m) on completion, $8.0m (c. £6.2m) of deferred 
consideration and up to a further $3m (c. £2.2m) which 
is payable contingent upon the financial performance 
of d-wise for the 12 months ending 31 December 2021. 
The  initial  consideration  on  completion  was  satisfied 
by $13m (c. £9.4m)  in cash and $7m (c. £9.8m) via the 
issuance of 868,203 new ordinary shares of 10p each in 
Instem plc. The initial cash payment was funded from 
the Group’s existing financial resources. Since the year 
end, $3m of deferred consideration has been paid and 
the  earn-out  and  contingent  consideration  has  been 
reported as having been achieved in full.
Finally,  on  1  September  2021,  Instem  announced 
the  acquisition  of  PDS  Pathology  Data  Systems  Ltd 
(“PDS”), a direct competitor in the life sciences space 
with  headquarters  in  Switzerland  and  offices  in  the 
United States and Japan. The Initial Consideration was 
satisfied by CHF 4.7m in cash (c. £3.7m) and CHF 3.5m 
(c.  £2.8m)  via  the  issuance  of  359,157  new  ordinary 
shares of 10p each in Instem plc.  The cash payment, 
loan repayments and other net liabilities payments were 
funded from the Group's existing financial resources. 
The  PDS  acquisition  enables  Instem  to  concentrate 
investment  on  a  single  line  of  SEND  and  preclinical 
study  management  products,  removing  unnecessary 
duplication 
in  the  market.  The  combination  of 
technologies and highly experienced teams will enable 
the Group to enhance the development and delivery of 
existing and new solutions that provide higher value to 
its clients.
these 
The  financial  obligations  associated  with 
acquisitions  during  2022  and  2023  are  deferred 
and  contingent  consideration  payments  of  £6.5m 
and  £5.3m  respectively,  in  a  combination  of  cash 
and  shares.  The  contingent  consideration  reflects 
management’s estimate that the entities would achieve 
their profitability targets. 
The period again saw strong net cash generated from 
operations  of  £10.3m  (2020:  £7.4m),  largely  due  to 
cash inflows from the newly acquired businesses, key 
contracts,  outsourced  services  and  effective  working 

1 9

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Alternative performance measures
This  Annual  Report  and  Accounts  contains  certain  financial  alternative  performance  measures  (“APMs”)  that  are 
not defined or recognised under IFRS but are presented to provide readers with additional financial information that 
is evaluated by management and investors in assessing the performance of the Group. This additional information 
presented is not uniformly defined by all companies and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures and 
disclosures by other companies. 
The table below provides the data for certain performance measures mentioned above:

Annual support fees 

SaaS subscription and support fees

Recurring revenue

Licence fees

Professional services

Technology enabled outsourced services

Consultancy services

2021
£000

14,378

9,704

24,082

4,597

3,651

6,378

7,309

Total revenue

46,017

2020
£000

8,917

8,024

16,941

3,477

1,603

6,196

-

28,217

Recurring revenue is the revenue that repeats annually under contractual arrangements. It highlights how much of 
the Group’s total revenue is secured and anticipated to repeat in future periods, providing a measure of the financial 
strength of the business.

Total revenue

Revenue from the acquisitions

Organic revenue

2021
£000

46,017

(15,965)

30,052

2020
£000

28,217

-

28,217

Organic revenue is the revenue excluding the impact of acquisitions, which highlights the Group’s income generated 
from the primary operations.

Recurring Revenue

Annual recurring revenue adjustment 

Annual Recurring Revenue

2021
£000

24,082

4,659

28,741

2020
£000

-

-

-

Annual recurring revenue is the revenue that annually repeats under contractual arrangements, considering also 
the acquisitions which were part of the Group for 12 months. The revenue has also been adjusted for new and lost 
contracts.

2 0

EBITDA

Non recurring cost (see note 3)

Non recurring income (see note 3)

Adjusted EBITDA

2021
£000

7,769

1,286

(805)

8,250

2020
£000

5,313

606

-

5,919

Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA plus non-recurring items (as set out in note 3). The same adjustments are also made 
in determining the adjusted EBITDA margin. Items are only classified as exceptional due to their nature or size and 
the Board considers that this metric provides the best measure of assessing underlying trading performance.

Profit before tax

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisition

Non recurring cost (see note 3)

Non recurring income (see note 3)

Intercompany foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Adjusted profit before tax

2021
£000

2,984

1,563

1,286

(805)

(18)

5,010

2020
£000

2,549

664

606

-

208

4,027

Adjusted profit before tax is after adjusting for the effect of foreign currency exchange on the revaluation of inter-
company balances included in finance income/(costs), non-recurring items and amortisation of intangibles on 
acquisitions. 
The same adjustments are also made in determining adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”). The Board considers this 
adjusted measure of operating profit provides the best metric of assessing underlying performance.

Weighted average number of shares (000's)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

Cash balance

2021
£000

22,719

16.3p

24,019

(8,998)

15,021

2020
£000

19,652

19.1p

35,722

(8,998)

26,724

2 1

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

U P D A T E   O N   H I S T O R I C A L 
C O N T R A C T   D I S P U T E

An  historical  contractual  licence  dispute,  which  does 
not  affect  the  ongoing  operations  of  the  Group,  was 
heard  by  a  German  court  on  17  March  2022  and 
the  official  outcome  is  awaited.  The  Group  has  been 
defending the action.  
Notwithstanding  this,  the  cost  provision  of  £0.25m 
made in 2017 has been maintained in the 2021 financial 
statements. As the potential financial outcome cannot 
yet  be  determined  with  any  certainty  the  Board  has 
concluded that the £0.25m provision was appropriate 
at 31 December 2021. To date all legal expenses have 
been expensed.

P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   A N D 
U N C E R T A I N T I E S

The directors consider that the global pharmaceutical 
market  is  likely  to  continue  to  provide  growth 
opportunities for the business. The combination of the 
high  level  of  annual  support  renewals  and  low  levels 
of  customer  attrition  provides  revenue  visibility  to 
underpin  the  Group  strategy  on  product  and  market 
development.  However,  the  Group’s  products  may  be 
adversely affected if economic and market conditions 
are  unfavourable  and  revenue  may  be  affected  by 
impact of accounting or regulatory changes.
Additionally, weak economic conditions, including the 
potential impact of UK’s departure from the European 
Union (“EU”), may disrupt the Group’s operations and 
associated  revenues.  The  Group  engages  with  clients 
based  in  EU  countries  and,  prior  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic,  employees  were  previously  able  to  travel 
freely to those countries to implement projects without 
the need to obtain visas or work permits. One area of 
mitigation for the Group is the presence of its wholly 
owned subsidiary, Notocord SA, which is based in the 
EU. 
Finally,  any  significant  inflationary  increases  would 
quickly impact the Group’s cost base, with a potential 
delay before increased costs can be passed to clients. 
The  Group  seeks  to  mitigate  exposure  to  all  forms  of 
risk  through  a  combination  of  regular  performance 
review  and  a  comprehensive  insurance  programme 
Additionally,  the  Group  has  a  significant  proportion 
of recurring revenue (circa 52% of total) from annual 
support & maintenance and SaaS contracts from a well-

established  global  customer  base.    Consequently,  the 
Group ensures that it maintains a diversified portfolio 
in  terms  of  customers,    revenue  mix,  geography  and 
markets.

Foreign currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to 
foreign currency risk on transactions denominated in 
a currency other than the functional currency and on 
the  translation  of  the  statement  of  financial  position 
and  statement  of  comprehensive  income  of  foreign 
operations  into  sterling.    The  main  currency  giving 
rise  to  this  risk  is  US  dollars,  including  the  newly 
acquired businesses.  The Group mitigates the foreign 
currency risk by having both cash inflows and outflows 
in  the  relevant  foreign  currency  due  to  local  revenue 
generation  generally  offset  by  a  local  cost  base  that 
creates a natural hedge. 
The Group also generates material cash reserves through 
its Chinese subsidiary that are not readily available to 
the UK Group at short notice and, as such, the Group 
has  to  maintain  sufficient  working  capital  headroom 
to accommodate any delays in repatriating cash from 
China. In managing currency risks the Group aims to 
reduce  the  impact  of  short-term  fluctuations  on  the 
Group’s cash inflows and outflows in a foreign currency. 
The  Group  continually  assesses  the  most  appropriate 
approach  to  managing  its  currency  exposure  in  line 
with the overall goal of achieving predictable earnings 
growth.  Over  the  longer  term,  changes  in  foreign 
exchange  could  have  an  impact  on  consolidation  of 
foreign  subsidiaries  earnings.    A  10%  decrease  in  the 
average  value  of  Sterling  against  the  US  dollar  would 
have resulted in an increase in the Group’s profit before 
tax  by approximately £0.6m (2020: £0.1m).

Credit risk
Management aims to minimise the risk of credit losses.
The Group’s financial assets are bank balances and cash 
and  trade  and  other  receivables,  which  represent  the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to 
financial assets.
The  Group’s  credit  risk  is  primarily  attributable  to  its 
trade  receivables  and  the  Group  has  policies  in  place 
to ensure that sales of products and services are made 
to  customers  with  appropriate  creditworthiness.  No 
customer  individually  amounts  to  more  than  10%  of 
the  Group  revenue.  At  the  2021  year  end  the  Group 
had a maximum credit risk exposure of £14.9m (2020: 
£6.1m).

2 2

The  amounts  presented  in  the  statement  of  financial 
position are net of impairment provisions.
The  Group’s  exposure  to  losses  from  defaults  on 
trade  receivables  is  reduced  due  to  contractual  terms 
which  require  installation,  training,  annual  licensing 
and  support  fees  to  be  invoiced  and  paid  annually  in 
advance.
Note  18  sets  out  the  impairment  provision  for  credit 
losses  on  trade  receivables  and  the  ageing  analysis  of 
overdue trade receivables. There were no impairment 
losses recognised on other financial assets.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able 
to meet its financial commitments as they fall due. The 
Group’s  objective  is  to  ensure  that  adequate  facilities 
are available through use of bank overdrafts and leases.  
The  Group  manages  liquidity  risk  through  regular 
cash  flow  forecasting  and  monitoring  of  cash  flows, 
management  review  and  regular  review  of  working 
capital  and  costs.  The  Group  regularly  monitors  its 
available headroom under its borrowing facilities, for 
further details refer to the going concern review.  
The Group signed a new financing arrangement on 8 
April  2022,  which  consists  of  a  committed  facility  of 
£10.0m with HSBC UK Bank plc to support the Group's 
working capital needs and its acquisition strategy. The 
facility can also be extended up to £20.0m, if needed, 
subject  to  additional  bank  approval.  The  financial 
covenants have been considered in the cash forecast to 
ensure compliance. 
At  31  December  2021,  the  Group  £0.5m  net  bank 
facility  was  undrawn  (2020:  £0.5m  undrawn).  The 
Group had positive gross cash reserves of £15.0m at the 
end of the period,  in  addition to the £0.5m  undrawn 
working  capital  facility,  although  £3.5m  of  the  cash 
was held in bank accounts in China, where it has been 
traditionally harder to repatriate funds quickly. 

Interest rate risk 
The  Group  operates  an  interest  rate  policy  designed 
to  minimise  interest  costs  and  reduce  volatility  in 
reported earnings. The Group’s bank facility does not 
allow the US Dollar cash balances to generate interest 
therefore the Group transfers funds from the US dollar 
account into the sterling account.  Currency transfers 
have been utilised to maximise the interest gains whilst 
minimising foreign exchange risks. As at 31 December 
2021, the indications are that the UK bank base interest 
rate  could  rise  by  25  basis  points  to  0.75%.    On  the 
basis of the net cash position at 31 December 2021 and 
assuming  no  other  changes  occur  (such  as  material 
changes  in  currency  exchange  rates)  the  change  in 

interest  rates  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  net 
interest income/(expense). 

Cyber risk 
The  Group  handles  significant  amounts  of  data 
electronically  and  is  therefore  extremely  aware  of  the 
risks  that  a  cyber-attack  could  have  on  its  business. 
It  has  robust  standards  in  place  for  establishing  and 
maintaining systems and processes to ensure that the 
highest standards of data protection are in place. This 
also  applies  to  any  third  party  who  is  handling  data 
on  behalf  of  the  Group  and  its  customers,  such  as 
third-party  hosting  providers.  All  staff  are  trained  in 
identifying and responding to any perceived, or actual, 
cyber attacks. The Group maintains separate insurance 
cover  to  protect  against  the  financial  implications  of 
any cyber threat.

Technology risk
Due  to  the  evolving  nature  of  technology  platforms 
there  is  a  risk  of  obsolescence.  The  Group’s  future 
performance  depends  on  software  development,  by 
introducing  new  and  enhancing  existing  products  to 
meet customer demand. If the Group does not respond 
effectively  to  technological  changes,  changes  in  client 
requirements and regulatory industry changes then its 
business may be negatively affected.
The  Group  monitors  this  risk  and  develops  strategic 
development  plans  to  ensure  it  remains  compliant 
with  technological  advances.  Additionally,  the  Group 
produces  roadmaps  for  its  key  software  products 
through 
its  close  relationships  with  clients  and 
partners. In addition, the Group reviews forthcoming 
regulations  to  identify  any  need  to  change  existing 
products and to identify opportunities for developing 
new products and services.

Acquisition and integration risk
Any  corporate  acquisition  has  associated  integration 
risk. In respect of every acquisition the Group creates 
an integration plan with assigned responsibilities to a 
team led by an appointed project manager for delivering 
against an agreed timetable. This is monitored closely 
throughout the integration process and any deviations 
against the plan are flagged and actioned accordingly. 
Acquisitions  are  carefully  assessed  by  the  Board 
to  ensure  alignment  with  the  Group’s  acquisition 
strategy. The Group performs thorough due diligence, 
supported by the appropriate use of external advisers, 
to  help  identify  any  potential  unexpected  material 
adverse consequences prior to deal completion.

2 3

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

intelligence  and  in  silico  solutions  in  the  drug  R&D 
process underpins our confidence in further leveraging 
our  software  and  service  portfolio.  As  such,  we  now 
have the platform in place to capitalise on the various 
opportunities  ahead  of  us  and  we  look  forward  to 
reporting  further  progress  as  we  continue  to  execute 
our growth strategy.
In common with other businesses, we have seen wage 
inflation  in  recent  months  and,  accordingly,  we  are 
moderating  our  profit  expectations  for  the  current 
year ahead of price rises on contract renewals flowing 
through positively to revenue. Importantly, we already 
have good visibility for the current year with growing 
recurring  SaaS  and  Annual  Support  revenues  and  a 
strong pipeline. 
The  recent  acquisitions  of  The  Edge,  d-wise  and 
PDS  highlight  our  ability  to  add  scale  and  leverage 
existing customer relationships with a view to further 
enhancing earnings, while providing a strong platform 
for continued growth.  We look forward to advancing 
further  acquisition  opportunities  after  consolidating 
the 2021 additions.

P J Reason
Chief Executive
4 May 2022

Recruitment and retention risk
As its people are the Group’s major asset, it is critical 
to  ensure  that  it  recruits  the  best  staff  possible  and 
that  these  individuals  are  rewarded  and  developed 
appropriately.  If  the  Group  is  unable  to  attract  and 
retain  qualified  personnel  it  is  unlikely  to  meet  its 
growth  objectives  and  stakeholder  expectations.  The 
Group has a global HR team that manages the process 
of  ensuring  the  staff  benefit  and  reward  packages 
are  incentivising  for  both  recruitment  and  retention 
purposes.  This  includes  benchmarking  against  peers 
and  industry  norms  and  considering  staff  feedback 
through regular performance review. During 2020 the 
Group  implemented  an  all-staff  share  scheme  for  the 
first time and further all-staff share awards were made 
in 2021. 

COVID-19
The  risk  to  the  Group,  as  for  any  business,  is  that 
the  COVID-19  pandemic  impacts  new  and  existing 
business  activities  as  clients  and  suppliers  focus  on 
short  term  priorities  arising  from  the  pandemic,  or 
struggle to remain in business.
The Group remains well placed and has seen minimal 
impact  from  COVID-19,  with  working  from  home 
practices  implemented  and  the  majority  of  business 
relatively unaffected. 

Conflict in Ukraine
The Group has no clients or operations located in either 
Ukraine  or  Russia.  The  Board  is  actively  monitoring 
the developing situation and is mindful of the potential 
for escalation. The Group is also assessing contingency 
plans should such a situation arise. 

P O S T   P E R I O D - E N D

For  the  material  subsequent  events  refer  to  note  35, 
as  these  have  a  bearing  on  the  understanding  of  the 
financial statements.

O U T L O O K

The  performance  during  the  year  highlighted  our 
resilience – especially given the COVID-19 backdrop, 
and  I  would  like  to  thank  all  of  our  staff  for  their 
continued  efforts  and  hard  work.  Our  proven  model 
continues  to  generate  strong  cash  flows  while  the 
combination  of  increasing  demand  for  regulatory-
backed  solutions  and  a  growing  demand  for  artificial 

2 4

"...the combination of 

increasing demand for 

regulatory-backed solutions 

and a growing demand for 

artificial intelligence and in 

silico solutions in the drug 

R&D process underpins 

our confidence in further 

leveraging our software 

and service portfolio." 

S t r a t e g i c   R e p o r t

2 5

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Non-executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

D a v i d   G a r e

P h i l   R e a s o n

N i g e l   G o l d s m i t h

David was a founder member 
of the Company’s former 
parent, Instem Limited, and 
led the resulting businesses 
through most of their history. 
David successfully achieved 
a succession of strategic 
developments for Instem 
Limited, including its sale to 
Kratos Inc. in 1976, its MBO in 
1983, its flotation on the USM 
in 1984, its flotation on the 
Official List in 1996, its public 
to private and demerger in 
1998 and the buyout of Instem 
LSS Limited from Alchemy 
Partners in 2002. Throughout, 
David has concentrated 
on value creation through 
achievement of a strong market 
position. 

Phil is an experienced chief 
executive who has developed 
a number of IT businesses in 
the life sciences and nuclear 
industries, both organically 
and through acquisition. 
Phil joined the former parent 
Company, Instem Limited, 
in 1982 and was appointed 
Managing Director of the 
Life Sciences division in 1995 
and Chief Executive Officer 
of Instem LSS Limited on the 
demerger from Instem Limited. 
Given the importance of the 
North American market to 
Instem’s organic and acquisitive 
growth, Phil relocated from 
the UK to the US in 2003 and 
established a new headquarters 
in the Philadelphia area. Phil 
previously ran Instem Limited’s 
Nuclear and Laboratory 
Information Management 
Systems integration businesses.

Nigel, who joined Instem 
in November 2011, has a 
wealth of experience in senior 
financial roles, at both public 
and private companies within 
the pharmaceutical industry. 
After qualifying as a Chartered 
Accountant, Nigel spent over 
nine years at KPMG prior to 
moving into industry. Nigel 
was Finance Director for 
three years at AIM listed, 
pharmaceutical and medical 
device company, IS Pharma 
plc. He also spent a seven-year 
tenure as CFO at Almedica 
International Inc, a privately 
held supplier of clinical trial 
materials to the pharmaceutical 
and biotech industry in Europe 
and the US and two years as 
European Controller for the 
sales and marketing division 
of laboratory equipment 
manufacturer, Life Sciences 
International plc.

2 6

Non-executive Director

D a v i d   S h e r w i n

Non-executive Director

M i k e   M c G o u n

Non-executive Director

R i a z   B a n d a l i

David is a qualified 
Management Accountant 
and holds an MBA from 
Staffordshire University. He 
joined Instem Limited as a 
trainee accountant in 1973 and 
was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer in 1979. He has worked 
closely with David Gare on all 
of the subsequent transactions 
involving Instem Limited 
and Instem LSS Limited 
including participating in the 
management buyout of Instem 
Limited in 1983, the flotation 
on the USM in 1984, the 
flotation on the Official List in 
1996 and the demerger of the 
business in 1998.

Mike has a wealth of 
management experience 
within the IT industry. He 
spent 10 years at IBM prior 
to co-founding a successful 
ComputerLand franchise 
in 1984. In 1994, Mike 
moved to SkillsGroup plc as 
a main board director, with 
responsibility for corporate 
development and later as a 
non-executive director. Mike 
was founder and non-executive 
Chairman of Tikit Group plc 
prior to its disposal to BT plc 
in 2012. 

Riaz has spent his entire career 
in the healthcare and life 
sciences industries in a variety 
of strategic, commercial and 
operational roles at senior level, 
also including exposure to 
fundraising and M&A activity. 
Riaz is currently President, 
Nordion Inc (a Sotera Health 
Company), the global leader 
in the provision of Cobalt 
60 and gamma irradiation 
systems for medical devices, 
PPE, food safety, health care 
and oncology purposes. His 
previous role was as CEO of 
Emerald Health Therapeutics, 
a role he held for three years. 
Prior to that, Riaz was with 
Syneos Health for nine years, 
firstly leading their Early Stage 
Contract Research Services 
business then becoming Chief 
Innovation Officer and more 
recently as President, Early 
Phase Development and 
Translational Sciences, with 
responsibility for a team of 900 
people globally.

2 7

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T

In  accordance  with  AIM  Notice  50  issued  by  the 
London  Stock  Exchange,  8  March  2018,  The  Group 
has adopted the Corporate Governance Guidelines for 
Small and Medium Size Quoted Companies published 
by  the  Quoted  Companies  Alliance  (the  QCA  Code) 
and  aims  to  ensure  compliance  where  possible.  The 
main  features  of  the  Group’s  corporate  governance 
procedures, in relation to the 10 Principles of the QCA 
Code, are set out in the full QCA Code Compliance at 
https://investors.instem.com/corporate/governance.
php.
As noted in the Organisational Governance section of 
the Strategic Report above, the Board seeks to maintain 
a strong governance ethos throughout the Group and is 
actively taking steps to address any shortcomings, such 
as the composition of the Board.  The Board recognises 
its  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group’s  systems  of 
internal control and for monitoring their effectiveness. 
The main features of the Group’s corporate governance 
procedures are as follows:
a. 

the  Board  has  two  independent  non-executive 
directors who takes an active role in Board matters;
the Group has an Audit Committee, a Remuneration 
Committee  and  a  Nomination  Committee,  each 
of  which  consists  of  the  non-executive  directors, 
and  meets  regularly  with  executive  directors  in 
attendance  by  invitation.  The  Audit  Committee 
has unrestricted access to the Group's auditor and 
ensures  that  auditor  independence  has  not  been 
compromised;

b. 

c.  all  business  activity  is  organised  within  a  defined 
structure  with  formal  lines  of  responsibility  and 
delegation  of  authority,  including  a  schedule  of 
"matters referred to the Board"; and

d.  regular monitoring of key performance indicators 
(KPIs)  and  financial 
together  with 
comparison  of  these  against  expectations.  KPIs 
assessed are both financial and non-financial.

results 

A U D I T   C O M M I T T E E

The  Audit  Committee  comprises  M  F  McGoun 
(Chairman), D Gare, D M Sherwin and R Bandali, all 
of whom are non-executive directors of the Group. The 
Board is satisfied that the Audit Committee has all the 
recent  and  relevant  financial  experience  required  to 
fulfil the role. 

2 8

Appointments to the Audit Committee are made by the 
Board in consultation with the Nomination Committee 
and the chairman of the Audit Committee.  The Audit 
Committee  met  twice  during  the  year  and  may  meet 
at  any  other  time  as  required  by  either  the  chairman 
of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Chief  Financial  Officer 
of  the  Group  or  the  external  auditor  of  the  Group.  
In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  shall  meet  with 
the external auditor of the Group (without any of the 
executives attending) at any time during the year as it 
deems fit. 
The Audit Committee:
a.  monitors  the  financial  reporting  and  internal 

financial control principles of the Group;
b.  maintains  appropriate  relationships  with 
including  considering 

the 
the 
external  auditor 
appointment  and  remuneration  of  the  external 
auditor  and  reviews  and  monitors  the  external 
auditor’s  independence  and  objectivity  and  the 
effectiveness of the audit process;
reviews  all  financial  results  of  the  Group  and 
financial statements, including all announcements 
in respect thereof before submission of the relevant 
documents to the Board;

c. 

d.  reviews  and  discusses  (where  necessary)  any 
issues  and  recommendations  of  the  external 
auditor including reviewing the external auditor’s 
management letter and management's response;
e.  considers all major findings of internal operational 
audit  reviews  and  management's  response  to 
internal  and 
ensure  co-ordination  between 
external auditor;
reviews the Board's statement on internal reporting 
systems and keeps the effectiveness of such systems 
under review; and

f. 

g.  considers  all  other  relevant  findings  and  audit 

programmes of the Group.

The Audit Committee is authorised to:
a. 
investigate any activity within its terms of reference;
b.  seek any information it requires from any employee 

of the Group; and

c.  obtain,  at  the  Group’s  expense,  outside  legal  or 
other  independent  professional  advice  and  to 
secure the attendance of such persons to meetings 
as it considers necessary and appropriate.

A T T E N D A N C E   A T   B O A R D   A N D   C O M M I T T E E   M E E T I N G S 

Attendances of directors at Board and Committee meetings convened in the period, along with the number 
of meetings they were invited to attend, are set out below. Due to the closure of the UK head office during the 
pandemic, all meetings were held by remote video calls.

No. of meetings attended / No. of meetings invited to attend

Board Meetings

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Executive Directors

P J Reason

N J Goldsmith

Non-Executive Directors

D Gare

D M Sherwin

M F McGoun

R Bandali

12/12

12/12

12/12

12/12

12/12

1/1

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

-

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

-

R E M U N E R A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

The Remuneration Committee comprises M F McGoun 
(Chairman), D Gare, D M Sherwin and R Bandali, all 
of whom are non-executive directors of the Group.
The  members  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  are 
appointed  by  the  Board  on  recommendation  from 
the  Nomination  Committee,  in  consultation  with  the 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.  The Chief 
Executive Officer of the Group is normally invited to 
meetings  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  to  discuss 
the performance of other executive directors but is not 
involved  in  any  of  the  decisions.    The  Remuneration 
Committee  invites  any  person  it  thinks  appropriate 
to join the members of the Remuneration Committee 
at its meetings.  The Remuneration Committee meets 
at least once a year and any other time as required by 
either the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
or the Chief Financial Officer of the Group.
The Remuneration Committee:
a.  ensures  that  the  executive  directors  are  fairly 
rewarded  for  their  individual  contributions  to 
the  overall  performance  of  the  Group  but  also 
ensures that the Group avoids paying more than is 
necessary for this purpose;

b.  considers  the  remuneration  packages  of  the 
executive  directors  and  any  recommendations 
made by the Chief Executive Officer for changes to 
their remuneration packages, including in respect 
of  bonuses  (including  associated  performance 
criteria),  other  benefits,  pension  arrangements 
and other terms of their service contracts and any 
other  matters  relating  to  the  remuneration  of  or 
terms  of  employment  applicable  to  the  executive 
directors that may be referred to the Remuneration 
Committee by the Board;

c.  oversees  and  reviews  all  aspects  of  the  Group’s 
share  option  schemes  including  the  selection  of 
eligible  directors  and  other  employees  and  the 
terms of any options granted;

d.  demonstrates to the Group’s shareholders that the 
remuneration of the executive directors is set by an 
independent committee of the Board; and

e.  considers  and  makes  recommendations  to  the 
Board  about  the  public  disclosure  of  information 
about 
the  executive  directors'  remuneration 
packages  and  structures  in  addition  to  those 
required by law, or by the London Stock Exchange.
The  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  Committee 
reports  formally  to  the  Board  on  its  proceedings 
after  each  meeting  on  all  matters  within  its  duties 
and  responsibilities.  The  Remuneration  Committee 
produces  an  annual  report  which  is  included  in  the 
Group’s annual report and accounts.
The Remuneration Committee is authorised to:
a. 
investigate any activity within its terms of reference;
b.  seek any information it requires from any employee 

of the Group;

c.  assess  the  remuneration  paid  by  other  UK  listed 
companies  of  a  similar  size  in  any  comparable 
industry sector and to assess whether changes to the 
executive  directors’  remuneration  is  appropriate 
for  the  purpose  of  making  their  remuneration 
competitive  or  otherwise  comparable  with  the 
remuneration paid by such companies; and

d.  obtain,  at  the  Group’s  expense,  outside  legal  or 
other  independent  professional  advice,  including 
independent  remuneration  consultants,  when  the 
Remuneration  Committee  reasonably  believes  it 
is necessary to do so and secure the attendance of 
such persons to meetings as it considers necessary 
and appropriate. 

2 9

C O R P O R A T E   G O V E R N A N C E   S T A T E M E N T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

The  Nomination  Committee  comprises  D  Gare 
(Chairman),  M  F  McGoun,  D  M  Sherwin  and  R 
Bandali, all of whom are non-executive directors of the 
Group.
Appointments to the Nomination Committee are made 
by the Board, in consultation with the Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee. 
The  Nomination  Committee  may  invite  any  person 
it  thinks  appropriate  to  join  the  members  of  the 
Nomination Committee at its meetings. 
The Nomination Committee:
a. 

reviews  the  structure,  size  and  composition 
(including  skills,  knowledge  and  experience) 
required  of  the  Board  compared  to  its  current 
position and makes recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes;

b.  gives full consideration to succession planning for 
directors and other senior executives in the course 
of its work, taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group, and what skills and 
expertise are needed on the Board in the future;
is  responsible  for  identifying  and  nominating  for 
the approval of the Board, candidates to fill Board 
vacancies as and when they arise; and

c. 

d.  evaluates  the  balance  of  skills,  knowledge  and 
experience  on  the  Board  before  an  appointment 
is made and, in light of this evaluation, prepares a 
description of the role and capabilities required for 
a particular appointment.

The  Chairman  of 
the  Nomination  Committee 
reports formally to the Board on its proceedings after 
each  meeting  on  all  matters  within  its  duties  and 
responsibilities. 
The  Nomination 
recommendations to the Board concerning:
a. 

formulating plans for succession for both executive 
and non-executive directors and in particular the 
key  roles  of  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief 
Executive Officer;

also  makes 

Committee 

b.  membership  of  the  Audit  and  Remuneration 
Committees, in consultation with the chairmen of 
those committees;
the re-appointment of any non-executive director 
at  the  conclusion  of  their  specified  term  of  office 
having given due regard to their performance and 

c. 

3 0

d. 

ability  to  continue  to  contribute  to  the  Board  in 
the  light  of  the  knowledge,  skills  and  experience 
required;
the  re-election  by  shareholders  of  any  director 
under  the  “retirement  by  rotation”  provisions  in 
the  Company’s  articles  of  association  having  due 
regard to their performance and ability to continue 
to  contribute  to  the  Board  in  the  light  of  the 
knowledge, skills and experience required;

e.  matters relating to the continuation in office of any 
director  at  any  time  including  the  suspension  or 
termination of service of an executive director as 
an employee of the Group subject to the provisions 
of the law and his/her service contract; and
the  appointment  of  any  director  to  executive  or 
other office other than to the positions of Chairman 
of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the 
recommendation  for  which  would  be  considered 
at a meeting of the full Board.

f. 

legal  or  other 

The Nomination Committee is authorised to:
a. 
investigate any activity within its terms of reference;
b.  seek any information it requires from any employee;
c.  obtain  outside 
independent 
professional  advice  at  the  Group’s  expense  when 
the Nomination Committee reasonably believes it 
is necessary to do so; and
instruct external professional advisors to attend any 
meeting at the Group’s expense if the Nomination 
Committee  considers  this  reasonably  necessary 
and appropriate. 

d. 

I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L S

The  directors  are  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining  the  Group’s  system  of  internal  control 
and reviewing its effectiveness. The system of internal 
control  is  designed  to  manage  rather  than  eliminate 
the  risk  of  failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and 
can only provide reasonable but not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.
The Board and senior executives meet to review both the 
risks facing the business and the controls established to 
minimise those risks and their effectiveness in operation 
on  an  ongoing  basis.  The  aim  of  these  reviews  is  to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  material  risks  and 
problems  are  identified  and  appropriate  action  taken 
at an early stage. This approach is also adopted for any 

corporate  acquisition,  whereby  controls,  systems  and 
processes  of  the  target  company  are  assessed  during 
the due diligence phase and any areas of remediation 
are included in the planning of the Integration process 
post-acquisition.
there  was  a  high  emphasis  on 
During  2021, 
understanding 
the  existing  control  environment 
with  the  new  acquisitions,  identifying  and  reporting 
the  issues  to  the  local  management  and  assisting 
on  implementing  the  appropriate  controls.  There 
is  an  ongoing  integration  process  into  our  certified 
management  systems  for  all  acquisitions  and  the 
Group target is to apply the same internal controls for 
the Edge, d-wise and PDS. 

On behalf of the Board

M F McGoun
Independent Non-Executive Director

3 1

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

Instem  plc  is  a  company  listed  on  AIM  and  it  is  not 
required to comply with Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium  Sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts 
and  Reports)  Regulations  2008  relating  to  directors’ 
remuneration  reports  or  the  Listing  Rules.    The 
disclosures contained within this report are, therefore, 
made  on  a  voluntary  basis  and  in  keeping  with  the 
Board’s commitment to best practice.

R E M U N E R A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E

The  Remuneration  Committee  (‘the  Committee’)  is 
composed  entirely  of  non-executive  directors.  The 
Committee was formed upon the public listing of the 
Company on 13 October 2010.  The Chairman of the 
Committee is M F McGoun.  The terms of reference for 
the Committee are to determine the Group’s policy on 
executive  remuneration  and  to  consider  and  approve 
the  remuneration  packages  for  directors  and  key 
executives of the Group, subject to ratification by the 
Board.    During  the  year,  the  Committee  met  on  one 
occasion.  Full details of the elements of each director’s 
remuneration are set out on the following page.  Details 
of  share-based  payment  are  shown  in  note  9  to  the 
financial statements.

P O L I C Y   O N   E X E C U T I V E 
D I R E C T O R   R E M U N E R A T I O N

The  Group’s  current  and  ongoing  policy  aims  to 
ensure  that  executive  directors  are  rewarded  fairly 
for  their  individual  contributions  to  the  Group’s 
overall performance and is designed to attract, retain 
and  motivate  executives  of  the  right  calibre.    The 
Committee  is  responsible  for  recommendations  on 
all  elements  of  executive  remuneration  including,  in 
particular,  basic  salary,  annual  bonus,  share  options 
and  any  other  incentive  awards.    In  implementing 
the  remuneration  policy,  the  Committee  has  regard 
to  factors  specific  to  the  Group,  such  as  salary  and 
other benefit arrangements within the Group and the 
achievement  of  the  Group’s  strategic  objectives.    The 
Committee determines the Group’s Policy on executive 
remuneration with reference to comparable companies 
of similar market capitalisation, location and business 
sector.

B A S I C   S A L A R Y

The  basic  salaries  of  executive  directors  are  reviewed 
annually  having  regard  to  individual  performance 
and position within the Group and are intended to be 
competitive but fair using information provided from 
both internal and external sources.

P E R F O R M A N C E   R E L A T E D 
A N N U A L   B O N U S

Executive directors are eligible for a performance related 
bonus  based  on  Group  performance,  in  particular, 
the  achievement  of  profit  targets.    The  performance 
related  annual  bonus  forms  a  significant  part  of  the 
level  of  remuneration  considered  appropriate  by  the 
Committee.  In addition to the formal bonus scheme, 
the  Committee  has  the  discretion  to  recommend 
the  payment  of  ad  hoc  awards  to  reflect  exceptional 
performance.  Cash  bonuses  amounting  to  £47,000 
were  payable  to  executive  directors  in  respect  of  the 
year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: £18,000).

P E N S I O N S

Company  contributions  are  made  to  the  executive 
directors’ personal pension schemes up to a maximum 
of 16.5% of basic salary.

B E N E F I T S

Benefits  comprise  car  and  fuel  allowance,  private 
healthcare  and  critical  illness  cover.    No  executive 
director  receives  additional  remuneration  or  benefits 
in relation to being a director of the Board of the Group 
or any subsidiary of the Group.

S E R V I C E   C O N T R A C T S

The  Executive  directors  have  contracts  with  notice 
periods between six and twelve months.
The  Board  determines  the  Group’s  policy  on  non-
executive directors’ remuneration.
D  Gare,  D  M  Sherwin,  M  F  McGoun  and  R  Bandali 
each have a letter of appointment with a notice period 
of three months.  

3 2

The emoluments paid or payable to directors in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 were as follows: 

Salary and Fees

Bonus

Benefits

Pension

2021 Total

2020 Total

Executives

P J Reason*

N J Goldsmith

Non-executives

D Gare

D M Sherwin

M F McGoun

R Bandali **

204

131

65

33

40

3

Total

476

33

14

-

-

-

-

47

21

9

-

-

-

-

30

21

7

-

-

-

-

28

279

161

65

33

40

3

581

276

153

65

33

40

-

567

* The remuneration in respect of P J Reason is payable in US Dollars and translated at the average rates as disclosed on page 63. 
The total remuneration paid in the year was USD 384,000 (2020: USD 355,000).
** R Bandali was appointed to the Board as an independent non executive director, effective 1 December 2021.

D I R E C T O R S ’   A N D   E M P L O Y E E S ’   S H A R E   O P T I O N S

P J Reason
Ordinary shares

N J Goldsmith
Ordinary shares

Employees
Ordinary shares

Exercise price 
(£)

0.90
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

1.76
0.90
0.10
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

2.22
0.90
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
0.10
Nil
Nil

Issue date

14/01/2013
22/02/2018
26/06/2020
16/04/2021
27/09/2021

07/02/2012
14/01/2013
29/07/2015
22/02/2018
26/06/2020
16/04/2021
27/09/2021

17/10/2011
14/01/2013
11/02/2015
29/07/2015
21/11/2015
27/05/2016
03/05/2017
22/02/2018
27/04/2020
06/05/2020
19/05/2020
22/03/2021
22/03/2021
21/09/2021

Held at 31 
Dec 2020

Granted 
during year

Exercised 
during year

Lapsed 
during year

Held at 31 
Dec 2021

23,429
80,000
76,000
-
-

20,000
15,000
62,500
80,000
74,000
-
-

8,667
22,975
40,584
78,125
25,258
6,480
22,500
240,000
116,584
24,000
243,000
-
-
-

4,387
25,000

3,031
25,000

30,000
55,061
289,000

(8,667)

(50,000)

(30,000)

(15,000)

(10,059)

(24,000)

(4,354)

23,429
80,000
76,000
4,387
25,000
208,816
20,000
15,000
62,500
80,000
74,000
3,031
25,000
279,531
-
22,975
40,584
78,125
25,258
6,480
7,500
190,000
106,525
24,000
219,000
-
50,707
289,000
1,060,154

Total

1,259,102

431,479

(88,667)

(53,413)

1,548,501

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

M F McGoun
Independent Non-Executive Director

3 3

D I R E C T O R S '   R E P O R T

The  directors  submit  their  report  and  the  Group  and 
Company  financial  statements  of  Instem  plc  for  the 
year ended 31 December 2021.
Instem  plc  is  a  public  limited  company,  incorporated 
and domiciled in England, and quoted on AIM.

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y 
U N D E R   S E C T I O N   1 7 2

The  Group’s  response  to  the  requirements  of  section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006 is included within the 
Strategic Report.

P R I N C I P A L   A C T I V I T I E S

Instem  is  a  leading  supplier  of  IT  applications  to  the 
life sciences healthcare market, delivering compelling 
solutions for data collection, management and analysis 
across  the  R&D  continuum.  Instem  applications  are 
in  use  by  customers  worldwide,  meeting  the  rapidly 
expanding  needs  of 
life  science  and  healthcare 
organisations for data-driven decision making leading 
to safer, more effective products.
Instem's portfolio of software solutions increases client 
productivity  by  automating  study-related  processes 
while  offering  the  unique  ability  to  generate  new 
knowledge through the extraction and harmonisation 
of actionable scientific information.

R E V I E W   O F   T H E   B U S I N E S S 

A detailed review of the development and performance 
of the Group’s business during the year and its position 
at  the  end  of  the  year  is  set  out  in  the  Chairman’s 
Statement and the Strategic Report on pages 9 to 24.

S T R A T E G I C   R E P O R T

The Group has chosen, in accordance with Companies 
Act 2006, section 414C (11), to set out in the Group’s 
Strategic  Report  on  pages  10  to  24  information 
required to be contained in the 24’ Report by Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports)  Regulations  2008,  Sch.  7,  where  not  already 
disclosed in the Directors’ Report.

B U S I N E S S   R E L A T I O N S H I P S 
W I T H   S U P P L I E R S ,   C U S T O M E R S 
A N D   O T H E R S

The  Groups’  response  to  the  requirement  of  the 
business  relationship  with  suppliers,  customers  and 
others is included within the Section 172 Statement on 
page 15 to 17.

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y 
U N D E R   G R E E N   H O U S E   G A S 
E M I S S I O N S   A N D   E N E R G Y 
C O N S U M P T I O N

The  Group  has  reviewed  the  requirements  of  the 
each 
Environmental  Reporting  guidelines, 
Company in the Group that qualifies as large their total 
energy  consumption  is  below  40MWh  and  therefore 
the Group and Company is not required to prepare an 
Energy and Carbon Report.

for 

F U T U R E   D E V E L O P M E N T S

The  directors  consider  that  the  continued  investment 
in  product  and  market  development  will  allow  the 
business  to  grow  organically  in  its  core  markets. 
Investment  in  business  growth  initiatives  will  also 
allow  the  business  to  move  into  new  product  and 
market areas. The combination of organic growth along 
with  strategic  acquisitions  will  support  the  expected 
growth  as  outlined  in  the  Chairman’s  Statement  and 
the Strategic Report.
Like most businesses worldwide, the Group continues 
to deal with the impact of COVID-19 and is reviewing 
the possible implication of the ongoing conflict between 
Ukraine and Russia. Whilst approximately half of the 
Group’s  revenues  are  generated  from  North  America, 
the  remaining  revenues  are  spread  across  the  world 
and  so  there  is  no  dependence  on  one  territory  thus 
spreading  the  risk.  The  Group  benefits  from  having 
no  supply  chain  and  no  distribution  network  to  rely 
on  and  has  the  added  benefit  of  having  systems  and 
processes  established  to  enable  its  workforce  to  work 
effectively from home across all of its sites worldwide. 
The uncertainty as to the future impact on the Group of 
the COVID-19 outbreak and ongoing conflict between 
Ukraine  and  Russia  has  been  considered  as  part  of 
the Group’s adoption of the going concern basis. Thus 
far we have not observed any material impact on our 
overall existing business, or in the level of new business 
opportunities  that  are  being  presented  to  us  in  the 
markets in which we operate. 

3 4

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The loan proceeds of £0.8m ($1.1m) which were part 
of  the  US  federal  government  support  for  businesses 
during the COVID-19 pandemic were fully forgiven in 
2021.  

E V E N T S   A F T E R   T H E 
R E P O R T I N G   P E R I O D

The events occurred after the balance sheet date were 
disclosed in accordance with IAS 10, ‘Events after the 
reporting period’. Details are provided in note 35 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

R E S E A R C H   A N D   D E V E L O P M E N T 
A C T I V I T I E S

The  Group  continues  its  development  programme 
of  software  for  the  global  pharmaceutical  market 
including  the  research  and  development  of  new 
products  and  enhancement  to  existing  products.  The 
directors  consider  the  investment  in  research  and 
development  to  be  fundamental  to  the  success  of  the 
business in the future.

D I V I D E N D S

The  directors  do  not  recommend  the  payment  of  a 
dividend.

D I R E C T O R S

The following directors held office during the year:
D Gare
M F McGoun
D M Sherwin
R Bandali
P J Reason
N J Goldsmith 
Details  of  the  directors’  service  contracts  and  their 
respective  notice  terms  are  detailed  in  the  Directors’ 
Remuneration report on pages 32 to 33. 

D I R E C T O R S   A N D   T H E I R 
I N T E R E S T S

The  interests  of  the  directors  who  held  office  at  31 
December  2021  (2020:  as  at  12  April  2021)  were  as 
follows:

2021
No. of Shares

2020
No. of Shares

DG 2008 Discretionary 
Settlement

538,427

538,427

D M Sherwin

750,000

P J Reason

770,714

750,000

730,714

N J Goldsmith

10,000

-

Directors’ interests in share options are detailed in the 
Remuneration report on pages 32 to 33.

P O L I T I C A L   D O N A T I O N S

The  Group  made  no  political  donations  in  2021  or 
2020.

F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

The  Group’s  objectives  and  policies  on  financial 
instruments  are  set  out  in  note  23  to  the  financial 
statements.

I N D E M N I T Y   O F   O F F I C E R S   A N D 
D I R E C T O R S

Under  the  Company’s  Articles  of  Association  and 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Companies  Act,  the 
Group may and has indemnified all directors and other 
officers  against  liability  incurred  in  the  execution  or 
discharge of their duties or the exercise of their powers, 
including but not limited to any liability for the costs of 
any  legal  proceedings.  The  Group  has  purchased  and 
maintains  appropriate  insurance  cover  against  legal 
action brought against directors or officers.

A N N U A L   G E N E R A L   M E E T I N G

The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) of the Company 
will  be  held  on  9  June  2022.  The  resolutions  to  be 
proposed at the AGM, together with explanatory notes, 
appear in a separate notice of AGM which is sent to all 
shareholders. A proxy card for registered shareholders 
is distributed along with the notice.

3 5

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

A U D I T O R S   A N D   D I S C L O S U R E 
O F   I N F O R M A T I O N   T O   A U D I T O R

Pursuant  to  s489  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  a 
resolution  to  re-appoint  Grant  Thornton  as  auditor 
will be put to the members at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

On behalf of the Board

P J Reason
Director 
4 May 2022

3 6

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y   S T A T E M E N T

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information 
included  on  the  company’s  website.  Legislation  in 
the  United  Kingdom  governing  the  preparation  and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the 
Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.
law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare 
Company 
financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.  Under 
that  law  the  directors  have  elected  to  prepare  the 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
Accounting  Standards  (IAS)  in  conformity.  Under 
company  law  the  directors  must  not  approve  the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs and profit 
or  loss  of  the  company  and  group  for  that  period.  In 
preparing these financial statements, the directors are 
required to:
• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply 
them consistently;

•  make  judgements  and  accounting  estimates  that 

• 

are reasonable and prudent;
state whether applicable International Accounting 
Standards (IAS) in conformity  have been followed, 
subject  to  any  material  departures  disclosed  and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the company will continue in business.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate 
accounting  records  that  are  sufficient  to  show  and 
explain  the  company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of  the  company  and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  the 
financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
report  comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.  They 
are  also  responsible  for  safeguarding  the  assets  of 
the  company  and  hence  for  taking  reasonable  steps 
for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud  and  other 
irregularities.
The directors confirm that: 
• 

so far as each director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the company’s auditor 
is unaware; and
the  directors  have  taken  all  the  steps  that  they 
ought to have taken as directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the company’s auditor is aware 
of that information.

• 

3 7

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C 

the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

C O N C L U S I O N S   R E L A T I N G   T O 
G O I N G   C O N C E R N 

We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness 
of  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, 
whether a material uncertainty exists related to events 
or  conditions  that  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the 
Group’s  and  the  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue 
as  a  going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material 
uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw  attention 
in our report to the related disclosures in the financial 
statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to 
modify  the  auditor’s  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are 
based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of 
our report. However, future events or conditions may 
cause  the  Group  or  the  parent  company  to  cease  to 
continue as a going concern.
A  description  of  our  evaluation  of  management’s 
assessment of the ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting, and the key observations 
arising with respect to that evaluation is included in the 
Key Audit Matters section of our report.
Based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  have  not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events 
or  conditions  that,  individually  or  collectively,  may 
cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  and  the  parent 
company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  for 
a  period  of  at  least  twelve  months  from  when  the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded 
that  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis 
of  accounting  in  the  preparation  of  the  financial 
statements is appropriate.
The  responsibilities  of  the  directors  with  respect  to 
going concern are described in the ‘Responsibilities of 
directors  for  the  financial  statements’  section  of  this 
report. 

O P I N I O N

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Instem PLC 
(the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) 
for the year ended 31 December 2021, which comprise 
the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive 
Income,  the  Consolidated  and  Company  Statements 
of Financial Position, the Consolidated and Company 
Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  the  Consolidated  and 
Company Statements of Changes in Equity, and notes 
to  the  financial  statements,  including  a  summary  of 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in their preparation 
is  applicable 
international 
law  and  UK-adopted 
accounting  standards  and  as  regards  the  parent 
company financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion:
• 

in 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s 
affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the Group’s 
profit for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared 
accordance  with  UK-adopted 
international accounting standards;
the  parent  company  financial  statements  have 
been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-
adopted  international  accounting  standards  and 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and 
the  financial  statements  have  been  prepared 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Companies Act 2006.

• 

• 

• 

B A S I S   F O R   O P I N I O N

We  conducted  our  audit 
in  accordance  with 
International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs 
(UK))  and  applicable  law.  Our  responsibilities  under 
those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ 
section  of  our  report.  We  are  independent  of  the 
Group  and  the  parent  company  in  accordance  with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of  the  financial  statements  in  the  UK,  including  the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and 
we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in 
accordance  with  these  requirements.  We  believe  that 

3 8

O V E R V I E W   O F   O U R   A U D I T   A P P R O A C H

Overall materiality: 
Group: £356,000, which represents 0.77% of the Group’s revenue.
Parent company: £253,000, which represents 0.36% of the parent company’s total 
assets.
Key audit matters for the Group were identified as:  
•  Improper revenue recognition;
•  Carrying value of goodwill;
•  Going concern; and
•  Acquisition accounting and valuation of related intangible assets.
We did not identify any key audit matters relating to the audit of the financial 
statements of the parent company that were not already identified for the Group financial statements.
Our auditor’s report for the year ended 31 December 2020 included no key audit matters that have not been 
reported as key audit matters in our current year’s report. One new key audit matter has been identified, being 
acquisition accounting and valuation of related intangible assets.
We have performed the following audit work:
•  an audit of the financial statements of the parent company and of the financial information of three of the 

Materiality

Scoping

Key audit 
matters

components using component materiality (full scope audit), being Instem LSS Limited, Instem LSS NA Limited, 
and d-wise Inc;

•  an audit of one or more account balances, classes of transactions or disclosures of the component (specified audit 

procedures) of four further components to gain sufficient appropriate audit evidence at the Group level; and

•  analytical procedures at Group level for the remaining fifteen components in the Group during the year.

K E Y   A U D I T   M A T T E R S

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were 
of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those 
that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 
In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters, significant risks and other risks relevant to the audit.

Audit 
reponse

Description

KAM

Disclosures Our results    

High

Potential
financial
statement
impact

Low

Low

Management
over-ride of
controls

Going
Concern

Improper
recognition of
revenue

Carrying value
of goodwill

Acquisition accounting and
valuation of related
intangible assets

DB pension
liablility

Internally
generated
intangible
assets

Extent of management judgement

High

Key audit matter

Significant risk

Other risk

3 9

 
I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

K EY   AU D I T   M AT T E R   
–   G R OU P 

HOW   OU R   S C O P E   A D D R E S SE D   T H E 
M AT T E R   –   G R OU P 

is  management 

Improper recognition of revenue
We  identified  the  improper  recognition  of  revenue 
for  technology  enabled  outsourced  services  and 
professional services and consultancy services (service 
revenue) as one of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement due to fraud. 
There is a risk that revenue has been misstated due to 
the complexity of these revenue streams which presents 
the possibility that revenue recognition criteria is not 
being properly applied.
There 
in 
determining the amount of revenue that is accrued at 
year  end  for  service  revenue  on  open  projects  which 
are  recognised  on  a  percentage  completion  basis  as 
they are incomplete at the year end. 
There 
is  also  a  significant  estimate  made  by 
management  with  regards  planned  project  hours  for 
service  obligations,  which  determine  the  percentage 
completion of service revenue contracts.
We consider the risk of overstatement to be heightened 
for  service  revenue  and  this  has  been  the  focus  of 
our  work.  We  consider  this  risk  to  be  specific  to  the 
occurrence assertion.

judgement 

involved 

Relevant disclosures in the Annual report and 
financial statements 2021 
The Group’s accounting policy on revenue recognition 
is  shown  in  ‘Accounting  policies’  within  the  financial 
statements  on  pages  60  to  62;  and  related  disclosures 
are  included  in  Note  1  ‘Revenue  from  contracts  with 
customers’.

4 0

In  responding  to  the  key  audit  matter,  we  performed 
the following audit procedures:
•  Performed  an  assessment  of  business  processes 
and the design and implementation of the controls 
identified;

•  Assessed the Group’s revenue accounting policies to 

assess compliance with IFRS 15

•  Identified  and  assessed  key  contracts  for  service 
revenue  across  the  Group  and  considered  and 
challenged  whether  revenue  has  been  recognised 
correctly in accordance with IFRS 15 by considering 
performance obligations under each key contract;
•  Assessed management’s accounting papers in respect 
of the application and implementation of IFRS 15 to 
the newly acquired entities;

•  Challenged 

significant 

judgements  made  by 
management in respect of service revenue recognised 
as per the IFRS 15 accounting policy, including the 
recognition  of  revenue  over  time  on  a  percentage 
completion basis;

•  Selected  key  items  and  tested  a  sample  of  service 
revenue  contracts,  focusing  on  contracts  which 
remain open at the year end and are recognised on 
a  percentage  completion  basis.  We  identified  such 
contracts from the project management system. We 
performed  recalculations  of  the  element  of  service 
revenue to be recognised as completed, agreeing to 
underlying  signed  statements  of  work,  contracted 
hourly rates and timesheets, and invoices to ensure 
the appropriateness of revenue recognition;

•  Performed a lookback test after the year end in order 
to review the accuracy of budgeted hours for project 
completion  when  compared  to  actual  hours  post 
year end;

•  Recalculated  any  accrued  or  deferred 

income 
balances  at  the  year-end  for  service  revenue 
contracts selected as part of our revenue test of detail 
procedures; and

•  Tested cut off for service revenue by confirming the 
appropriate allocation of sales to the correct period. 

Our results
Our  audit  testing  did  not  identify  any  material 
misstatements in relation to revenue recognition.

K EY   AU D I T   M AT T E R   
–   G R OU P 

HOW   OU R   S C O P E   A D D R E S SE D   T H E 
M AT T E R   –   G R OU P

Carrying value of the group’s goodwill
We identified the carrying value of the Group’s goodwill 
as one of the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement  due  to  error.  We  have  pinpointed  the 
significant  risk  in  relation  to  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill, with increased focus on the CGUs identified 
as sensitive in management’s sensitivity analyses.
Under  International  Accounting  Standard  IAS  36 
‘Impairment  of  Assets’,  management  are  required  to 
assess  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  whether 
there is any indication that an asset may be impaired 
and  to  perform  an  annual  assessment  of  whether  the 
Group’s goodwill within a CGU is impaired.
The process for assessing whether an impairment exists 
under IAS 36 is complex. Calculating the value in use, 
through  forecasting  cash  flows  related  to  CGUs  and 
the determination of the appropriate discount rate and 
other assumptions to be applied is highly judgemental 
and  as  a  result  of  the  subjectivity  of  selecting  the 
assumptions, can be subject to management bias. The 
selection of certain inputs into the cash flow forecasts 
can significantly impact the results of the impairment 
assessment.
We  identified  significant  management  judgements  in 
the following areas:
•  The  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  (‘WACC’)  for 
each CGU used to discount the cash flows within the 
Group’s impairment assessment;

•  The  revenue  growth  rate  used  in  the  impairment 

forecasts;

•  Allocation of revenue and costs across the Group in 

accordance with transfer pricing policy; and

In  responding  to  the  key  audit  matter,  we  performed 
the following audit procedures: 
•  Understood  and  assessed  the  Group’s  process  and 
relevant  controls  around  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill; 

•  Assessed the mechanical accuracy of the impairment 
model and the methodology applied by management 
for  consistency  with  the  requirements  of  IAS  36, 
including their associated sensitivity analysis;

•  Tested  the  accuracy  of  management’s  forecasting 
through  a  comparison  of  prior  forecasts  to  actual 
data;

•  Assessed whether the supporting cash flow forecasts 
are in accordance with Board approved forecasts;
•  Challenged  the  CGUs  identified  by  management 
with regard as to whether there is an active market 
for the output of each CGU;

•  Challenged  the  appropriateness  of  management’s 
assumptions  and  sensitivities  relating 
the 
estimated  future  cash  flows  applied  to  the  CGUs, 
including the growth rate and discount rate used to 
assess the level of headroom;

to 

•  Engaged  internal  valuations  specialists  to  inform 
our  challenge  of  management  to  ensure  that  the 
assumptions  used  within  the  WACC  calculation 
are  reasonable  and  gained  assurance  that  the 
assumptions used are consistent with other similar 
Groups; and 

•  Reviewed  management’s  sensitivity  analyses  to 
understand  the  impact  of  any  reasonably  possible 
changes in assumptions (including the WACC), and 
evaluated  the  headroom  available  from  different 
outcomes  to  assess  whether  goodwill  could  be 
impaired on this basis;

•  Assessed  revenue  growth  rates  against  historical 
rates used by Instem, comparable businesses in the 
sector, and third party market data;

•  Reviewed  the  transfer  pricing  policy  to  assess 
the  reasonableness  of  management’s  judgements 
applied, and for consistency with previous periods;
•  Assessed  management’s  allocation  of  revenue  and 
costs  to  each  CGU  in  the  prepared  forecasts  in 
accordance with the transfer pricing policy;

•  Performed  sensitivities  on  the  transfer  pricing 

adjustments and tested management’s inputs;

•  Assessed  whether  the  Group’s  disclosures  with 
respect to the carrying value of the Group’s goodwill 
are adequate and the key assumptions are disclosed.

4 1

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

K EY   AU D I T   M AT T E R   
–   G R OU P

HOW   OU R   S C O P E   A D D R E S SE D   T H E 
M AT T E R   –   G R OU P

Relevant disclosures in the Annual report and 
financial statements 2021
The  Group’s  accounting  policy  on  goodwill  is  shown 
in ‘Accounting Policies’ within the financial statements 
on  page  68  and  relevant  disclosures  in  respect  of  the 
carrying value of the Group’s goodwill are presented in 
Note 14 ‘Intangible Assets’.
Going concern
We  identified  going  concern  as  one  of  the  most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement due 
to fraud and error as a result of the judgment required 
to  conclude  whether  there  is  a  material  uncertainty 
related to going concern.
As stated on page 68, the Group has undergone a period 
of significant change throughout FY20 and FY21, driven 
by  the  acquisitive  growth  strategy  of  the  Group.  The 
Group has adapted to changes in respect of the global 
pandemic  COVID-19,  as  well  as  raising  significant 
funds  via  equity  to  fund  the  acquisition  pipeline. 
These events could adversely impact the future trading 
performance of the Group and parent company and as 
such  increases  the  extent  judgement  and  estimation 
uncertainty  associated  with  management’s  decision 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements. 
In undertaking their assessment of going concern for 
the  Group,  the  Directors  considered  the  impact  of 
and adverse turn in events within their forecast future 
performance of the Group and anticipated cash flows.

Our results 
Our  audit  testing  did  not  identify  any  material 
impairment  of  goodwill.  We  concluded  that  the 
assumptions used in management’s impairment model 
were  appropriate.  We  consider  the  disclosures  with 
respect to the carrying value of the Group’s goodwill to 
be in accordance with IAS 36. 
In  responding  to  the  key  audit  matter,  we  performed 
the following audit procedures: 
•  Obtained  and  assessed  management’s  paper  and 
assessment of going concern, including the forecasts 
covering the period to 30 April 2023 and challenging 
the assumptions used in the cash flow forecasts, as 
approved by the Board;

•  Analysing  how  the  reasonableness  of  forecasts  and 
related disclosures may be impacted by the inherent 
risk  associated  with  uncertainties  in  the  economic 
environment  and  how  this  may  affect  the  Group’s 
resources or ability to continue operations over the 
going concern period;

•  Obtained  management’s  sensitised  scenario,  which 
reflected management’s assessment of uncertainties, 
and which management considered to be severe but 
plausible.  We  evaluated  the  assumptions  regarding 
the  revenue  and  costs  during  the  forecast  period 
and the proposed mitigating cost savings under this 
scenario;

•  Considered  whether  assumptions  are  consistent 
with  our  understanding  of  the  business  obtained 
during  the  course  of  the  audit,  the  impairment 
forecast assumptions;

•  Considered the impacts of year-end provisions and 
contingent  liabilities  as  disclosed  in  the  financial 
statements  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern;

•  Assessed the accuracy of management’s forecasting 
through  a  comparison  of  historical  data  to  actual 
results and projections for following periods to post 
year end management accounts;

•  Assessed the adequacy of the supporting evidence for 
the cash flow forecast and performing arithmetical 
checks on the forecast; and

•  Assessed  the  policies  and  disclosures  in  respect  of 
going concern given in the financial statements for 
appropriateness.

4 2

K EY   AU D I T   M AT T E R   
–   G R OU P 

HOW   OU R   S C O P E   A D D R E S SE D   T H E 
M AT T E R   –   G R OU P

Relevant disclosures in the Annual report and 
financial statements 2021 

The  Group’s  accounting  policy  on  going  concern  is 
shown  in  ‘Accounting  policies’  within  the  financial 
statements on page 58.
Acquisition  accounting  and  valuation  of  related 
intangible assets
We identified accounting for business combinations as 
one  of  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material 
misstatement due to error. Considering the pervasive 
nature of these transactions and the level of judgement 
involved,  this  has  been  identified  as  a  financial 
statement level risk.
The  Group  has  made  three  acquisitions  in  the 
current  year.  Under  IFRS  3,  ‘Business  combinations’ 
management is required to recognise, separately from 
goodwill,  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed, 
and then to recognise goodwill on purchase.
Management  make  significant  judgements  to  identify 
specific intangible assets that are acquired with a new 
business and make significant estimates to value these 
assets.
Given the nature of the entities acquired, management 
have  recognised  material  software  assets,  customer 
relationships and goodwill as part of the acquisitions.
Under  IFRS  10,  ‘Consolidated  financial  statements’, 
the  group  is  required  to  consolidate  newly  acquired 
subsidiaries from the date it obtains control.

Our results
We have nothing to report in addition to that stated in 
the ‘Conclusions relating to going concern’ section of 
our report.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the 
following audit procedures on business combinations:
•  assessed whether the Group’s accounting policy for 
the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets 
is  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  international 
accounting  standards 
in  conformity  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  and 
checking that fair value measurements are accounted 
for in accordance with the stated accounting policy;
•  obtained  the  acquisition  date  balance  sheet  of 
each  acquired  subsidiary  and  performing  audit 
procedures  in  respect  of  the  material  assets  and 
liabilities acquired;

•  considered whether assets and liabilities transferred 
have  been  recognised  at  fair  value,  per  the 
requirements of IFRS 3;

•  obtained  the  details  of  the  consideration  paid,  and 
agreeing these to relevant source documents, such as 
sale and purchase agreements;

•  obtained  management’s  purchase  price  allocation 
used  to  value  specific  acquired  intangibles  and 
assessing the appropriateness and reasonableness of 
key  assumptions  made  in  the  calculations,  such  as 
growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount 
rates, and engaging our internal valuation specialists 
as  auditor’s  experts  to  assess  the  reasonableness  of 
such models and assumptions, and thus inform our 
challenge;

•  engaged our internal valuation specialists as auditor’s 
experts  to  perform  shadow  calculations  used  to 
develop an auditor’s range for the value for certain 
intangibles  acquired  which  was  used  to  compare 
management’s point estimate;

•  challenged  management’s  assessment  of 

the 
identifiable intangible assets acquired by the Group, 
and  whether  any  further  intangible  assets,  such  as 
brands or trademarks, should be identified; and
•  assessed  whether  the  requirements  of  control  as 
defined  under  IFRS  10,  ‘Consolidated  financial 
statements’ had been achieved.

4 3

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

K EY   AU D I T   M AT T E R   
–   G R OU P 

HOW   OU R   S C O P E   A D D R E S SE D   T H E 
M AT T E R   –   G R OU P

Relevant  disclosures  in  the  Annual  Report  and 
Accounts 2021
The Group’s accounting policies on goodwill, intangible 
assets  and  the  basis  of  consolidation  are  shown  in 
note  2  to  the  Group  financial  statements  and  related 
disclosures are included in notes 11 through 13.

Our results
We have nothing to report in addition to that stated in 
the ‘Conclusions relating to going concern’ section of 
our report.

O U R   A P P L I C A T I O N   O F   M A T E R I A L I T Y

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified 
misstatements on the audit and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the 
opinion in the auditor’s report.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Materiality for financial statements as a 
whole

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, 

individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 

of the users of these financial statements. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing, and 

extent of our audit work.

Materiality threshold

£356,000, which is 0.77% of the Group’s revenue.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 
determining the materiality

We determine revenue to be the most appropriate 
benchmark due to this having importance in 
both external financial reporting and internal 
management reporting. This is a key driver of 
business activity and is a measure on which 
growth is monitored.

Materiality for the current year is higher than 
the level that we determined for the year ended 
31 December 2020 to reflect the year on year 
revenue growth.

£253,000, which is 0.36% of the parent company’s 
total assets.

We determine net assets to be the most 
appropriate benchmark because the parent 
company does not trade and largely holds 
investments in subsidiary undertakings.

Materiality for the current year is higher than the 
level that we determined for the year ended 31 
December 2020 to reflect the higher level of total 
assets in the parent company at the year end.

Performance materiality used to drive the 
extent of our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements as a 

whole to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 

undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold

£249,200, which is 70% of financial statement 
materiality.

£177,100, which is 70% of financial statement 
materiality.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 

In determining performance materiality, we 

In determining performance materiality, we 

determining the performance materiality

made the following significant judgements:
•  assessment of the control environment in 

made the following significant judgements: 

•  whether there were any significant 

acquired entities;

adjustments made to the parent company’s 

•  whether there were any significant 

financial statements in prior years; and 

adjustments made to the Group’s financial 

•  assessment for any significant changes 

statements in prior years; and 

in business objectives and strategy of the 

•  assessment for any significant changes 

parent company.

in business objectives and strategy of the 

Group.

4 4

O U R   A P P L I C A T I O N   O F   M A T E R I A L I T Y   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Specific materiality

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account 

balances or disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the 

financial statements as a whole could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 

decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

Specific materiality 

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for related party transactions and 
directors’ remuneration.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for related party transactions and 
directors’ remuneration.

Communication of misstatements to the audit 
committee

Threshold for communication

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the audit committee.

£17,800 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

£12,600 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for 
potential uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent company

Revenues
£46m

PM
£249k, 70%

Total assets
£70.8m

PM
£177k, 70%

FSM
£356k, 0.77%

FSM
£253k, 0.36%

TFPUM  
£89k, 30%

TFPUM  
£63k, 30%

FSM: Financial statements materiality, PM: Performance materiality, TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected 
misstatements

4 5

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

A N   O V E R V I E W   O F   T H E   S C O P E 
O F   O U R   A U D I T

We  performed  a  risk-based  audit  that  requires  an 
understanding of the group and the parent company’s 
business, and in particular matters related to: 
Understanding the group, its components and their 
environments, including group-wide controls
•  The engagement team obtained an understanding 
of  the  Group  and  its  environment,  including 
Group-wide  controls,  and  assessed  the  risks  of 
material misstatement at the Group level; and
considered  the  structure  of  the  Group,  including 
Group-wide processes and controls, and used this 
to inform our assessment of risk, for example if the 
Group  financial  reporting  system  is  centralised, 
and use of service organisations including shared 
service centres.

• 

Identifying significant components 
• 

In  order  to  address  the  risks  identified,  the 
engagement  team  performed  an  evaluation  of 
identified  components  to  assess  the  significant 
components  and  to  determine  the  planned  audit 
response  based  on  a  measure  of  materiality, 
calculated  by  considering 
the  component’s 
significance  as  a  percentage  of  the  Group’s  total 
assets, revenue, and profit before taxation. 

Type  of  work  to  be  performed  on  financial 
information  of  parent  and  other  components 
(including how it addressed the key audit matters)
•  Of  the  Group’s  twenty  eight  components,  we 
identified three in addition to the parent company 
which,  in  our  view,  required  an  audit  of  their 
financial information (full scope audit), either due 
to their size or their risk characteristics. As a result 
of  this,  we  performed  an  audit  of  the  financial 
statements  of  the  parent  company  and  of  the 
financial  information  of  three  of  the  components 
using component materiality;

•  We  identified  improper  recognition  of  revenue, 
the  carrying  value  of  the  Group’s  goodwill  and 
going  concern  as  key  audit  matters  and  the  audit 
procedures  performed  in  respect  of  these  have 
been included in the key audit matters section of 
our report;

Performance of our audit
•  We  performed 

audit  procedures 
specified 
over  certain  balances  and  transactions  of  nine 
components  to  give  appropriate  coverage  of 
balances. Together, the components subject to full-
scope  audits  and  specified  audit  procedures  were 
responsible  for  80%  of  the  Group’s  revenue,  76% 
of  the  Group’s  profit  before  tax  and  85.6%  of  the 
Group’s total assets; and  

•  We performed analytical procedures at Group level 
over the remaining components. These procedures, 
together  with  the  additional  procedures  outlined 
above,  performed  at  the  Group  level  gave  us  the 
audit evidence we needed for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole. Changes in 
approach from previous period.

•  All work including component work was performed 

by the Group audit team.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. 
The  other  information  comprises  the  information 
included in the annual report, other than the financial 
statements  and  our  auditor’s  report  thereon.  Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly  stated  in  our  report,  we  do  not  express  any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial  statements, 
or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise 
appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify 
such  material  inconsistencies  or  apparent  material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
there  is  a  material  misstatement  in  the  financial 
statements  or  a  material  misstatement  of  the  other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we  conclude  that  there  is  a  material  misstatement  of 
this other information, we are required to report that 
fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.

4 6

O U R   O P I N I O N   O N   O T H E R 
M A T T E R S   P R E S C R I B E D   B Y 
T H E   C O M P A N I E S   A C T   2 0 0 6   I S 
U N M O D I F I E D

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit:
• 

the  information  given  in  the  strategic  report  and 
the directors’ report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the directors’ report have 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

• 

M A T T E R S   O N   W H I C H   W E   A R E 
R E Q U I R E D   T O   R E P O R T   U N D E R 
T H E   C O M P A N I E S   A C T   2 0 0 6

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group  and  the  parent  company  and  its  environment 
obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  have  not 
identified  material  misstatements  in  the  strategic 
report or the directors’ report. 

M A T T E R S   O N   W H I C H   W E   A R E 
R E Q U I R E D   T O   R E P O R T   B Y 
E X C E P T I O N

• 

•  We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters  in  relation  to  which  the  Companies  Act 
2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept 
by the parent company, or returns adequate for our 
audit  have  not  been  received  from  branches  not 
visited by us; or
the  parent  company  financial  statements  are  not 
in  agreement  with  the  accounting  records  and 
returns; or
certain  disclosures  of  directors’  remuneration 
specified by law are not made; or

• 

• 

•  we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and 

explanations we require for our audit. 

R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S   O F 
D I R E C T O R S   F O R   T H E 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  and  for  being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the directors determine is necessary 

to  enable  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  that 
are  free  from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to 
fraud or error.
In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  directors 
are  responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s  and  the 
parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related 
to  going  concern  and  using  the  going  concern  basis 
of  accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to 
liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

A U D I T O R ’ S   R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S 
F O R   T H E   A U D I T   O F   T H E 
F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance 
about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole 
are  free  from  material  misstatement,  whether  due 
to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report 
that  includes  our  opinion.  Reasonable  assurance  is  a 
high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  ISAs  (UK)  will 
always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.
A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the 
audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.
uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This  description  forms 
part of our auditor’s report.

E X P L A N A T I O N   A S   T O   W H A T 
E X T E N T   T H E   A U D I T   WA S 
C O N S I D E R E D   C A P A B L E   O F 
D E T E C T I N G   I R R E G U L A R I T I E S , 
I N C L U D I N G   F R A U D

Irregularities,  including  fraud,  are  instances  of  non-
compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.  We  design 
procedures  in  line  with  our  responsibilities,  outlined 
above,  to  detect  material  misstatements  in  respect  of 
irregularities,  including  fraud.  Owing  to  the  inherent 
limitations  of  an  audit,  there  is  an  unavoidable  risk 
that material misstatements in the financial statements 
may not be detected, even though the audit is properly 
planned and performed in accordance with ISAs (UK). 

4 7

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T
T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N S T E M   P L C   ( C O N T I N U E D )

•  Making  inquiries,  in  respect  of  fraud,  of 
those outside the finance team, including key 
management  and  the  project  management 
team.

•  The  engagement  team’s  discussions  in  respect 
of  potential  non-compliance  with 
laws  and 
regulations  and  fraud  included  the  risk  of  fraud 
in  revenue  recognition.  We  identified  improper 
revenue recognition as a key audit matter. The key 
audit matters section of our audit report explains 
the  matter  in  more  detail  and  also  describes  the 
specific  procedures  we  performed  in  response  to 
the key audit matter.

•  These  audit  procedures  were  designed  to  provide 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements 
were  free  from  fraud  or  error.  The  risk  of  not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is 
higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from  error  and  detecting  irregularities  that  result 
from  fraud  is  inherently  more  difficult  than 
detecting  those  that  result  from  error,  as  fraud 
may  involve  collusion,  deliberate  concealment, 
forgery,  or  intentional  misrepresentations.  Also, 
the  further  removed  non-compliance  with  laws 
and  regulations  is  from  events  and  transactions 
reflected in the financial statements, the less likely 
we would become aware of it; and 

•  The  assessment  of  the  appropriateness  of  the 
collective  competence  and  capabilities  of  the 
Group  engagement  team  included  consideration 
of  the  Group  engagement  team's  knowledge  of 
the  industry  in  which  the  client  operates,  and 
the  understanding  of,  and  practical  experience 
with,  audit  engagements  of  a  similar  nature  and 
complexity  through  appropriate  training  and 
participation.

The  extent  to  which  our  procedures  are  capable  of 
detecting  irregularities,  including  fraud,  is  detailed 
below: 
•  We  obtained  an  understanding  of  the  legal  and 
regulatory  frameworks  applicable  to  the  parent 
company  and  the  Group  and  the  industry  in 
which they operate. We determined that the most 
significant  laws  and  regulations  are:  UK-adopted 
international  accounting  standards,  Companies 
Act  2006,  the  AIM  Rules,  Quoted  Companies 
Alliance  (QCA)  Corporate  Governance  Code, 
HIPAA laws in the United States, and taxation laws; 
•  We obtained an understanding of how the parent 
company  and  the  Group  are  complying  with 
those legal and regulatory frameworks by making 
inquiries  of  management,  those  responsible  for 
legal and compliance procedures and the company 
secretary. We corroborated our inquiries through 
our review of board minutes and papers provided 
to the Audit Committee; 

•  We  assessed  the  susceptibility  of  the  parent 
company’s  and  Group’s  financial  statements  to 
material misstatement, including how fraud might 
occur. Audit procedures performed by the Group 
engagement team included: 
•  Assessing  the  design  and  implementation  of 
controls management has in place to prevent 
and detect fraud;

•  Obtaining  an  understanding  of  how  those 
charged  with  governance  considered  and 
addressed the potential for override of controls 
or  other  inappropriate  influence  over  the 
financial reporting process;

•  Challenging assumptions and judgments made 
by  management  in  its  significant  accounting 
estimates;
Identifying  and  testing  journal  entries,  in 
particular  any  journal  entries  posted  with 
unusual account combinations;

• 

•  Engaging  with  our  internal  tax  specialist  to 
address  the  risk  of  non-compliance  of  tax 
legislation;

•  Assessing  the  extent  of  compliance  with  the 
relevant  laws  and  regulations  as  part  of  our 
procedures on the related financial statement 
item; and 

4 8

U S E   O F   O U R   R E P O R T

This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of 
the  Companies  Act  2006.  Our  audit  work  has  been 
undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s 
members  those  matters  we  are  required  to  state  to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or  assume  responsibility  to  anyone  other  than  the 
company  and  the  company’s  members  as  a  body,  for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Michael Frankish
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Manchester
4 May 2022

4 9

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E 

For the year ended 31 December 2021

REVENUE 

Employee benefits expense

Other expenses

 Note

1

2

2

Net impairment loss on financial assets

18

EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, TAXATION, DEPRECIATION, AMORTISATION AND 
NON-RECURRING ITEMS (ADJUSTED EBITDA)

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisitions

Amortisation of internally generated intangibles

Depreciation of right of use assets

OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Non-recurring costs

Non-recurring income

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Finance income

Finance costs

16

14

14

8

3

3

4

5

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

Taxation 

10

PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(EXPENSE)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss account:

Actuarial gain/(loss) on net defined benefit liability

Deferred tax on actuarial (loss)/gain

Deferred tax on share options

Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss account:

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(EXPENSE) FOR THE YEAR

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR

PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT COMPANY

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT 
COMPANY

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

30

30

  The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

5 0

Year ended
 31 December 
2021
£000

Year ended
 31 December 
2020
£000

46,017

(26,918)

(10,491)

(358)

8,250

(312)

(1,563)

(851)

(945)

4,579

(1,286)

805

4,098

30

(1,144)

2,984

(1,306)

1,678

1,375

(140)

-

1,235

(294)

941

2,619

1,678

2,619

7.8

7.4

28,217

(16,508)

(5,790)

-

5,919

(138)

(664)

(736)

(572)

3,809

(606)

-

3,203

38

(692)

2,549

(275)

2,274

(2,537)

518

322

(1,697)

10

(1,687)

587

2,274

587

12.3

11.6

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

At 31 December 2021

Company Registration No. 07148099

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

2021

2020

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Finance lease receivables

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Finance lease receivables

Tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Financial liabilities

Lease liabilities

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities

Pension obligations

Provision for liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

EQUITY 

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Share based payment reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

14

16

8

8

17

18

8

25

19

20

21

22

8

22

27

28

8

26

29

31

31

31

31

31

58,311

592

2,077

85

64

14,852

44

130

15,021

5,723

18,935

6,612

1,077

4,728

2,014

291

1,248

3,247

2,219

28,191

12,104

2,294

(202)

2,695

18,023

238

1,742

128

61,065

20,131

30,111

91,176

32,347

11,528

43,875

50

6,093

41

724

26,724

2,958

9,878

268

608

1,131

3,868

250

1,476

90

2,048

28,172

2,432

930

92

(438)

33,632

53,763

13,712

6,815

20,527

TOTAL EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 

47,301

91,176

33,236

53,763

The financial statements on pages 72 to 125 were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 4 May 2022 and 
are signed on its behalf by:

P J Reason 
Director  

N J Goldsmith
Director  

5 1

 
 
 
 
C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

At 31 December 2021

Company Registration No. 07148099

2021

2020

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Intangible assets

17

Investments

15

47,188

27

26,620

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

47,205

26,647

CURRENT ASSETS

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities

18

19

20

22

20,322

3,294

16,632

2,122

23,616

70,821

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

18,754

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities

22

757

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

29

31

31

Share based payment reserve

2,219

28,191

23,738

1,765

Retained earnings

31

(4,603)

TOTAL EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

757

19,511

51,310

70,821

3,330

20,269

8,468

-

-

2,048

28,172

14,066

929

(3,437)

23,599

50,246

8,468

-

8,468

41,778

50,246

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own statement of 
comprehensive income and related notes. The Company’s loss for the year was £1,386,000 (2020: profit of £266,000).

The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 50 to 125 were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue 
on 4 May 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

P J Reason 
Director 

N J Goldsmith
Director 

5 2

 
                                                                                                          
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

For the year ended 31 December 2021

2021

2020

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before taxation

Adjustments for:

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangibles 

Depreciation of right of use assets

Share based payment charge

Contributions to defined benefit pension scheme

Government support loan forgiveness

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

16

14

8

2

27

3

4

5

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE MOVEMENTS IN 

WORKING CAPITAL

Movements in working capital:

Increase in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade, other payables and deferred income 

NET CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS

Finance income

4

Finance costs

Income taxes

NET CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Capitalisation of development costs and software

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Payment of deferred consideration

14

16

(2,238)

(144)

(277)

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings (net of cash acquired)

11,12,13

(14,840)

2,549

138

1,400

572

427

(512)

-

(38)

692

2

5,230

(14)

742

1,410

7,368

38

(648)

183

6,941

2,984

312

2,414

945

1,061

(530)

(805)

(30)

1,144

3

7,498

(14)

(1,573)

4,432

10,343

6

(276)

(873)

9,200

(1,272)

(141)

(277)

-

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

(17,499)

(1,690)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Issue costs

Proceeds from government support loan

Repayment of lease liabilities 

Receipts from sublease of asset

Repayment of lease capital

Repayment of former PDS’s shareholder loan

24

24

24

22

-

-

(963)

40

-

(2,387)

16,167

(744)

810

(621)

40

(15)

-

NET CASH GENERATED (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

19

(3,288)

(11,587)

26,724

(116)

15,021

15,637

20,888

5,957

(121)

26,724

The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

5 3

C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

For the year ended 31 December 2021

Note

2021

2020

£000

£000

£000

£000

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

(Loss)/Profit before taxation

(1,386)

Adjustments for:

Amortisation of intangibles

Finance income

Finance cost

CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATIONS BEFORE 
MOVEMENTS IN WORKING CAPITAL  

Movements in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

NET CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS 

Finance income

Finance costs

NET CASH GENERATED (USED IN)/ FROM 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of software intangible

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings (net of cash acquired)

10

(21)

462

(935)

(9,561)

8,164

(2,332)

21

(86)

(2,397)

-

(14,590)

(29)

-

266

2

(57)

-

211

1,670

1,809

3,690

57

-

3,747

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

(14,590)

(29)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issue of share capital

22

15,423

NET CASH GENERATED FROM FINANCING 
ACTIVITIES

NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS   

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held 
in foreign currencies

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

19

22

(16,965)

20,269

(10)

3,294

15,423

19,141

1,128

-

20,269

The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

5 4

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE COMPANY

Share capital
£000

Note

Share 
premium
£000

Merger
reserve
£000

Share based 
payment 
reserve issued
£000

Translation 
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
 equity
£000

Balance as at 1 January 2020

1,662

13,135

2,432

654

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense)/
income for the year

Total comprehensive expense

Shares issued

Share based payment

29

9

Reserve transfer on lapse of share 
options

Reserve transfer on exercise of 
share options

-

-

-

-

-

-

386

15,037

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at 31 December 2020 

2,048

28,172

2,432

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/
(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive (expense)/
income

Shares issued

Share based payment

29

9

Deferred tax on share options

Nil cost option charge

Reserve transfer on lapse of share 
options

Reserve transfer on exercise of 
share options

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

171

19

9,672

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

427

(65)

(86)

930

-

-

-

-

1,061

528

(5)

(25)

(195)

(1,166)

16,799

2,274

2,274

(1,697)

(1,687)

82

-

10

10

-

-

-

-

92

-

(294)

577

-

-

65

86

(438)

1,678

1,235

(294)

2,913

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

25

195

587

15,423

427

-

-

33,236

1,678

941

2,619

9,862

1,061

528

(5)

-

-

Balance as at 31 December 2021

2,219

28,191

12,104

2,294

(202)

2,695

47,301

The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

5 5

C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE COMPANY

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium
£000

Merger
reserve
£000

Note

Share based 
payment 
reserve issued
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
 equity
£000

Balance as at 1 January 2020

1,662

13,135

14,066

654

(3,855)

25,662

Profit for the year

Shares issued

Share based payment

29

9

Reserve transfer on lapse of share 
options

Reserve transfer on exercise of share 
options

-

386

-

-

-

-

15,037

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance as at 31 December 2020

2,048

28,172

14,066

Loss for the year

Shares issued

Share based payment                                                           

Nil cost option charge

29

9

Reserve transfer on lapse of share 
options

Reserve transfer on exercise of share 
options

-

171

-

-

-

-

-

19

-

-

-

-

-

9,672

-

-

-

-

-

-

427

(66)

(86)

929

-

-

1,061

(5)

(25)

(195)

266

-

-

66

86

(3,437)

(1,386)

-

-

-

25

195

266

15,423

427

-

-

41,778

(1,386)

9,862

1,061

(5)

-

-

Balance as at 31 December 2021

2,219

28,191

23,738

1,765

(4,603)

51,310

The notes on pages 72 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

5 6

 
A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

G E N E R A L   I N F O R M A T I O N

A D O P T I O N   O F   I F R S

The principal activity and nature of operations of the 
Group  is  the  provision  of  world  class  IT  solutions  to 
the  life  sciences  market.  Instem’s  solutions  for  data 
collection,  management  and  analysis  are  used  by 
customers worldwide to meet the needs of life science 
and  healthcare  organisations  for  data-driven  decision 
making  leading  to  safer,  more  effective  products.  
Instem plc is a public limited company, listed on AIM, 
and  incorporated  in  England  and  Wales  under  the 
Companies  Act  2006  and  domiciled  in  England  and 
Wales.    The  registered  office  is  Diamond  Way,  Stone 
Business Park, Stone, Staffordshire, ST15 0SD.

S T A T E M E N T   O F   C O M P L I A N C E

The  financial  statements  of  the  Group  and  Company 
have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted 
international accounting standards.

B A S I S   O F   P R E P A R A T I O N

The Group’s accounting reference date is 31 December.  
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been 
prepared on a going concern basis and prepared on the 
historical cost basis. Refer to the Going Concern note 
for further details. 
The Group has taken advantage of the audit exemption 
for  eleven  of  its  subsidiaries,  Instem  Life  Science 
Systems  Limited 
(company  number  04339129), 
Instem Scientific Solutions Limited (company number 
03598020), Instem Clinical Holdings Limited (company 
number 05840032), Instem Clinical Limited (company 
number  06959053),  Instem  LSS  (North  America) 
Limited  (company  number  02126697),  Instem  LSS 
Instem 
(company  number  03548215), 
Limited 
Scientific  Limited  (company  number  03861669), 
Perceptive  Instruments  Limited  (company  number 
02498351),  Samarind  Limited  (company  number 
02105894),  The  Edge  Software  Consultancy  Limited 
(company  number  05400315),  d-wise  Technologies 
UK  Limited  (company  number  07352898)  by  virtue 
of s479A of Companies Act 2006.  The Company has 
provided parent guarantees to these subsidiaries which 
have taken advantage of the exemption from audit.
The  accounting  policies  set  out  below  have,  unless 
otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all years 
presented in these consolidated financial statements.

The  Group  and  Company  financial  statements  have 
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  IAS  and 
International  Financial  Reporting 
Interpretations 
Committee (IFRICs) effective as at 31 December 2021. 
The Group and Company have chosen not to adopt any 
amendments or revised standards early.

I F R S s   A D O P T E D   I N   T H E   Y E A R

There  are  a  number  of  standards,  amendments  to 
standards, and interpretations which have been issued 
by the IASB which are all effective from 1 January 2021. 
The most significant of these are as follows:
• 

Interest  Rate  Benchmark  Reform  Phase  2 
(Amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39,  IFRS  7,  IFRS  4 
and IFRS 16)

Those  standards,  amendments  to  standards,  and 
interpretations  have  been  adopted  and  did  not  have 
a  material  impact  on  the  accounting  policies  of  the 
Group.

I F R S s   I S S U E D   B U T   N O T   Y E T 
E F F E C T I V E

There  are  a  number  of  standards,  amendments  to 
standards, and interpretations which have been issued 
by  the  IASB  that  are  effective  in  future  accounting 
periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early. 
The most significant of these are as follows, which are 
all effective for the period beginning 1 January 2022: 
•  Amendments  to  IAS  1,  ‘Presentation  of  financial 

statements’, on classification of liabilities

•  Amendments to IAS12 ‘Deferred tax’ on deferred 
tax  related  to  assets  and  liabilities  arising  from  a 
single transaction 
IFRS  3  ‘Business  combination’,  reference  to  the 
Conceptual  Framework  and  IAS  37,  ‘Provisions’, 
on onerous contracts

• 

•  A number of narrow-scope amendments to IFRS1, 

IAS 8, IAS16 and IAS17

•  A  number  of  annual  improvements  on  IFRS  1, 

IFRS 9, IAS 41 and IFRS 16

These  standards  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material 
impact on the entity in the current or future reporting 
periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

5 7

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

B A S I S   O F   C O N S O L I D A T I O N 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate those 
of the parent company, Instem plc, and its subsidiary 
undertakings  made  up  to  31  December  2021  and  31 
December 2020.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, any 
intra-group  balances,  unrealised  gains  and  losses  or 
income and expenses arising from intra-group trading 
are  eliminated.    Where  accounting  policies  used  in 
individual financial statements of a subsidiary company 
differ  from  Group  policies,  adjustments  are  made  to 
bring these policies in line with Group policies.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities in which the Group has rights to 
variable returns from its involvement with the investee 
and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its 
power over the investee. Subsidiaries are consolidated 
from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  the 
Group up until the date that control ceases.
All  subsidiary  companies  within  the  Group  have 
a  financial  year  end  date  of  31  December,  with  the 
exception  of  Instem  India  Pvt  Limited  which  has 
a  financial  year  end  date  of  31  March,  in  line  with 
Government of India regulations.

B U S I N E S S   C O M B I N A T I O N S

The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting 
for  business 
consideration 
combinations.  The 
transferred  in  a  business  combination  is  measured 
at  fair  value,  which  is  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the 
acquisition  date  fair  values  of  the  assets  transferred 
by the Group, liabilities incurred by the Group to the 
former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests 
issued  by  the  Group  in  exchange  for  control  of  the 
acquiree.    Acquisition  related  costs  are  recognised  in 
profit or loss as incurred.
At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair 
value,  except  that  deferred  tax  assets  or  liabilities  are 
recognised  and  measured  in  accordance  with  IAS  12 
‘Income taxes’.
Consideration  may  consist  of  deferred  consideration 
and contingent consideration. Deferred consideration 
is  not  based  on  any  performance  related  conditions 
and  is  payable  on  an  agreed  future  date.  Contingent 
consideration is based on certain performance related 
conditions  and  payable  on  an  agreed  future  date,  if 
those conditions are met. 

5 8

are 

adjusted 

Deferred  consideration  and  contingent  consideration 
is  measured  at  their  acquisition-date  fair  value 
and  are  taken  into  account  in  the  determination  of 
goodwill.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration  that  qualify  as  measurement  period 
retrospectively,  with 
adjustments 
corresponding  adjustments  against  goodwill.    The 
subsequent  accounting  for  changes  in  the  fair  value 
of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as 
measurement period adjustments depends on how the 
contingent consideration is classified.  
In the interim results announcement on 27 September 
2021 an element of deferred consideration relating to 
the  d-Wise  acquisition  was  recognised  as  employee 
remuneration through the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income.
As part of the procedures performed for the year end 
release of results on 26 April 2022 this was reassessed 
and it was concluded that no substantive employment 
link  existed.  Appropriate  adjustments  have  been 
made to the current year annual report to include the 
deferred  consideration  as  part  of  the  cost  of  business 
combination. Any employment remuneration expense 
recognised in the interim results announcement on 27 
September 2021 has been reversed.
This  does  not  represent  a  prior  period  error  in 
accordance  with  IAS  8  for  the  purpose  of  the  annual 
report on 4 May 2022, however, it will be appropriately 
addressed  in  the  next  interim  results  release  on 
September 2022.
Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or 
a liability is re-measured at subsequent reporting dates 
with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised 
in statement of comprehensive income. 

G O I N G   C O N C E R N 

The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and 
liquidity position are set out in the primary statements 
within these financial statements.
Background 
The  Directors  have  adopted  the  going  concern  basis 
in  preparing  these  financial  statements  after  careful 
assessment of identified principal risks and the possible 
adverse impact on financial performance. The Directors 
have assessed the financial position and liquidity at the 
end of the reporting period and for the forecast period 
up to 30 April 2023, including sensitivity analysis. The 
going concern period covers the 12 months from the 

date  of  signing  the  financial  statements.  The  process 
and key judgments in coming to this conclusion are set 
out below. 
The  Group’s  activities,  including  the  factors  likely 
to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and 
position  are  set  out  in  the  Chairman’s  Statement  and 
Strategic report. The financial position of the Group, its 
cash  flows,  liquidity  position  and  borrowing  facilities 
are described in the Financial Review.
Current trading and liquidity
The  Group’s  trading  performance  for  the  year  ended 
31 December 2021 has been strong with Revenues of 
£46.0m and Adjusted EBITDA of £8.3m. Instem is fully 
operational, with all staff in all territories working from 
home in accordance with governmental guidelines, no 
staff  have  been  furloughed  and  there  is  no  intention 
of  curtailing  any  business  activities.  The  company 
has  continued  to  recruit  staff  across  its  geographic 
footprint.
The Group signed a new financing arrangement on 8 
April  2022,  which  consists  of  a  committed  facility  of 
£10.0m with HSBC UK Bank plc to support the Group's 
working  capital  needs  and  its  acquisition  strategy, 
which can be extended up to £20.0m if needed, subject 
to further bank approval. The financial covenants have 
been considered in the forecast to ensure compliance. 
However as of 31 December 2021, the Group had a net 
overdraft facility of £0.5m and a gross facility of £9.0m 
with  NatWest  Bank  plc.  As  of  31  December  2021, 
the  net  overdraft  facility  with  NatWest  Bank  plc  was 
undrawn (2020: undrawn).  
Instem undertook an oversubscribed equity fund raise 
in July 2020, raising £15.0m net of expenses. The fund 
raise placed the Group in a strong cash position which 
helped  to  accelerate  the  Group’s  acquisition  strategy 
with the acquisitions of the Edge, d-wise and PDS. The 
cash  payment  for  purchasing  those  subsidiaries  was 
£17.2m (net of cash acquired).
The period 2021 saw again strong net cash generated 
from operations of £10.3m (2020: £7.4m), largely due 
to  operating  cash  inflows  from  the  newly  acquired 
businesses,  key  contracts,  outsourced  services  and 
effective working capital management. 
The loan proceeds of £0.8m ($1.1m) which were part 
of  the  US  federal  government  support  for  businesses 
during the COVID-19 pandemic were fully forgiven in 
2021. As a result of the above and the positive organic 
cash  generation  achieved  in  the  period,  the  cash 
balance decreased from £26.7m to £15.0m.
The  Group  acquired  the  earnings  enhancing,  cash 
generative business of Leadscope Inc, The Edge, d-wise, 
and  PDS  between  November  2019  and  September 

2021,  which  have  been  steadily  integrated  within  the 
Group during 2021. 
The  financial  cash  obligations  associated  with  these 
acquisitions  during  2022  are  deferred  and  contingent 
consideration  payments  of  £3.6m  and  £2.5m 
respectively.  The  contingent  consideration  reflects 
management’s  estimate  of  a  100%  probability  that 
the  entities  target  profitability  will  be  achieved.  The 
amount  of  £1.1m  payable  to  d-wise  in  relation  to  its 
contingent  consideration  could  be  a  combination  of 
cash and shares of Instem plc at the discretion of the 
Group. 
Sensitivity Analysis
The Company has considered two scenarios which are 
also linked to the company’s risks when modelling the 
forecast results and cash flow. The sensitivity assessment 
includes the trading performance and cash flows of the 
three acquisitions occurred in 2023.
(a) Base Case Scenario
The Group's detailed forecasts and projections, taking 
account  of  potential  risks  and  uncertainties  in  the 
business,  market  and  liquidity  through  sensitivity 
analysis, show that the Group has adequate resources to 
enable it to continue in operation through the forecast 
period ending 30 April 2023 from the approval date of 
these Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, 
the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.
The uncertainty as to the future impact on the Group 
of  the  ongoing  conflict  between  Russia  and  Ukraine 
has been considered as part of the sensitivity analysis 
and as part of Group's adoption of the going concern 
basis.  We have no customers, suppliers or staff in either 
territory. Thus far we have not observed any material 
impact on our overall existing business or in the level 
of new business opportunities that are being presented 
to us in the markets in which we operate. 
The  Group  has  a  significant  proportion  of  recurring 
revenue  (circa  52%  of  total)  from  annual  support  & 
maintenance and SaaS contracts from a well-established 
global customer base.  Revenue is supported by a largely 
fixed cost base comprising staff and offices. 
(b) Sensitised Scenario
Further  stress  testing  has  been  carried  out  to  ensure 
that the Group has sufficient cash resources to continue 
its operations until at least 30 April 2023. In preparing 
this  analysis  the  following  key  risks  were  included 
causing  a  35%  loss  of  new  business  for  the  next 
twelve months and the risk effect of foreign exchange 
movements,  particularly  between  the  USD  and  GBP. 
Despite  the  negative  impact  of  these  sensitivities  the 
model  demonstrated  that  the  Group  remained  viable 

5 9

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

however, the cash balance was reduced over the going 
concern period to April 2023. 
In a worse scenario where many of the identified risks 
occurred,  the  Group  would  take  remedial  action  to 
counter the reduction in profit and cash through a cost 
cutting  and  fund-raising  exercise  that  would  include 
staff  redundancies,  general  cost  control  measures. 
These  further  downside  scenarios  are  considered 
unlikely. 
Conclusion and Going Concern Statement
After considering the uncertainties described above, the 
directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. For these reasons, 
they  continue  to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  in 
preparing this annual report and accounts.

R E V E N U E   R E C O G N I T I O N

services 

outsourced 

The  Group  generates  revenue  from  the  provision  of 
software licences, annual support, SaaS subscriptions, 
subscription  and  support,  professional  services, 
technology 
and 
enabled 
consultancy services. 
At  contract  inception,  an  assessment  is  completed  to 
identify the performance obligations in each contract.  
Performance obligations in a contract are either goods 
or services that are distinct or part of a series of goods 
or services that are substantially the same and have the 
same  pattern  of  transfer  to  the  customer.    Promises 
that are not distinct are combined with other promised 
goods or services in the contract, until a performance 
obligation is satisfied.   
At  contract 
is 
determined, being the amount that the Group expects 
to  receive  for  transferring  the  promised  goods  or 
services.  The  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  the 
performance  obligations  in  the  contract  based  on 
their  relative  standalone  selling  prices.  The  Group 
has  determined  that  the  contractually  stated  price 
represents  the  standalone  selling  price  for  each 
performance obligation.  
Revenue is recognised when a performance obligation 
has been satisfied by transferring the promised product 
or service to the customer. 
Software licences
Licence revenue comprises the sale of software licences 
across  the  Group  and  the  sale  of  compound  credits 

transaction  price 

inception, 

the 

by  Leadscope  and  resale  of  complementary  products. 
The  revenue  from  software  licences  is  recognised 
when  the  customer  takes  possession  of  the  software 
which  is  usually  when  the  licence  key  is  provided  to 
the customer. This is because the software is functional 
at  the  time  the  licence  transfers  to  the  customer  and 
the  Group  is  not  required  or  expected  to  undertake 
activities  that  significantly  affect  the  utility  of  the 
intellectual  property  by  the  customer.  The  revenue 
from  compound  credits  is  recognised  at  the  point  in 
time when the actual credits have been exercised, as the 
promises  in  these  contracts  are  a  single  performance 
obligation.
Annual support 
Customers  typically  enter  into  a  support  contract  for 
a period of twelve months. This contract provides the 
customer with access to technical support and software 
upgrades. Customers pay a fixed amount in exchange 
for  the  use  of  a  cloud  based  statistical  computing 
environment,  along  with  access  to  maintenance  and 
support.  The  promises  in  these  contracts  constitute  a 
single  performance  obligation,  which  is  satisfied  over 
time  as  the  customer  consumes  the  benefits  of  the 
service  consistently  over  the  contract  term.    Revenue 
in  respect  of  the  single  performance  obligation  is 
recognised evenly over the contract term.
SaaS subscription and support
Customers  typically  enter  into  a  SaaS  contract  for  a 
period  of  twelve  months  and  pay  a  fixed  amount  in 
exchange for the usage of software on a hosted server 
over  a  specified  period  of  time  along  with  access  to 
maintenance  and  support.  Initial  SaaS  contracts  may 
also include some installation or customisation of the 
software  and  training  for  staff.  The  promises  in  this 
contract  are  considered  to  be  a  single  performance 
obligation  as  the  subscription  and  support  are 
highly  interdependent  on  one  another  given  that  the 
customers are required to take the full package of both 
the  software  and  support  services  i.e.  Instem  would 
not  be  able  to  provide  the  support  services  without 
the provision of the software nor provide the software 
without the support services. 
The revenue is recognised over the period of the contract 
on a straight-line basis as the customer simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits of the software and 
services  provided  by  the  Group  consistently  over  the 
contract term.

6 0

Subscription and support
Customers typically enter into a Subscription contract 
for  an  agreed  period,  could  be  more  than  twelve 
months  and  pay  a  fixed  amount  in  exchange  for  the 
usage of software on a hosted server, computer based 
version  or  customer  server  version  (in  customer 
premises)  over  a  specified  period  of  time  along  with 
access to maintenance and support.  In some cases the 
initial  subscription  contracts  may  also  include  some 
installation services. 
The  promises  in  these  contracts  are  considered  to  be 
a  single  performance  obligation  as  the  subscription 
and support are highly interdependent on one another 
given  that  the  customers  are  required  to  take  the  full 
package  of  both  the  software  and  support  services 
i.e.  Instem  would  not  be  able  to  provide  the  support 
services  without  the  provision  of  the  software  nor 
provide the software without the support services. 
The revenue is recognised over the period of the contract 
on a straight-line basis as the customer simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits of the software and 
services  provided  by  the  Group  consistently  over  the 
contract term.
Professional services and technology enabled 
outsourced services
Customers  typically  enter  into  a  service  contract  to 
provide distinct service work based on clear statements 
of  work.  Service  work  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to, 
implementation  services,  training  and  outsourced 
services  work  relating  to  SEND,  KnowledgeScan  and 
Blur.  The  promises  in  this  contract  are  considered  to 
be a single  performance obligation  given  the  services 
are interdependent and the revenue is recognised on a 
percentage completion basis for fixed price contracts or 
as services are provided in respect of time and materials 
contracts. The Group has elected to take the practical 
expedient  to  apply  this  policy  to  its  portfolio  distinct 
service  contracts  given  the  similar  characteristics  in 
these types of contracts.
Professional services include the revenue from funded 
development  projects  where  customers 
typically 
enter  into  a  service  contract  to  accelerate  product 
development.  Revenue for funded development work 
is  recognised  on  a  percentage  completed  basis.  The 
percentage completed is determined with reference to 
time required to complete the development. 
Consultancy services
Customers  typically  enter  into  a  service  contract 
to  provide  distinct  service  work  based  on  clear 
statements of work which include consulting services 
for clinical trial applications.  The consultancy services 

are  contracted  for  on  either  a  time  and  materials  or 
fixed  priced  basis.  Time  and  materials  consultancy  is 
recognised in the period in which it is performed. Fixed 
price  work  is  recognised  on  a  percentage  completion 
basis  of  the  remaining  unbilled  milestones.  The 
percentage completed is determined with reference to 
time  incurred  to  date  and  time  required  to  complete 
the development or consultancy.
Bundled contracts
Software  licences,  professional  services,  cloud  based 
statisitical computing environment - and annual support 
are often bundled together in a contract.
Where  the  contract  assessment  identifies  that  the  sale 
does  not  meet  the  criteria  to  be  a  distinct  performance 
obligation,  due  to  a  lack  of  interdependence  between 
performance  obligations,  promises  that  are  not  distinct 
are  combined  with  other  promised  goods  or  services  in 
the  contract,  until  a  performance  obligation  is  satisfied. 
Revenue in respect of this bundled performance obligation 
is recognised over the period of the contracted obligation 
on a straight-line basis.
Amounts recoverable on contracts and deferred income
In most cases, customers are invoiced and payment is 
received in advance of revenue being recognised in the 
income  statement.  Amounts  recoverable  on  contracts 
and deferred income is the difference between amounts 
invoiced  to  customers  and  revenue  recognised  under 
the policy described above. 
For  professional 
enabled 
outsourced  services  and  consultancy  services  the 
group will raise an invoice to the customer only if the 
performance obligation based on the agreement would 
be met.
Consequently,  if  the  amount  of  revenue  recognised 
exceeds  the  amounts  invoiced  the  excess  amount  is 
included within amounts recoverable on contracts.
In comparison if customers are invoiced and payment is 
received in advance of revenue being recognised in the 
income statement then deferred income is recognised. 
Contract fulfilment asset
Contract  fulfilment  assets  are  amortised  over  the 
expected  contract  period  on  a  systematic  basis 
representing  the  pattern  in  which  control  of  the 
associated service is transferred to the customer.  
Practical exemptions
The  Group  has  taken  advantage  of  the  following 
practical exemptions:
•  not to account for significant financing components 
where  the  time  difference  between  receiving 
consideration and transferring control of goods (or 
services) to its customer is one year or less; 

technology 

services, 

6 1

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

thereby, assisting the Board to use the segmental cost 
information for meaningful decision making. 
The  operations  of  the  Group  are  managed  centrally 
with group-wide functions including sales, marketing, 
software  development,  customer  support,  IT,  human 
resources and finance & administration.

F O R E I G N   C U R R E N C I E S 

  Monetary  assets  and 

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated 
at  the  foreign  exchange  rate  ruling  at  the  date  of 
the  transaction. 
liabilities 
denominated  in  foreign  currencies  at  the  reporting 
date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling 
at  that  date.    Foreign  exchange  differences  arising 
on  translation  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.    Non-
monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  measured 
in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  a  foreign  currency  are 
translated  using  the  exchange  rate  at  the  date  of  the 
transaction. 
  Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated  in  foreign  currencies  that  are  stated  at 
fair value are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling 
at the date the fair value was determined.  
liabilities  of  foreign  operations, 
The  assets  and 
including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising 
on  consolidation,  are  translated  at  foreign  exchange 
rates  ruling  at  the  reporting  date.    The  revenue  and 
expenses  of  foreign  operations  are  translated  at  an 
average rate for the year where this rate approximates 
to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the 
transactions, or otherwise at the exchange rate ruling at 
the date of each transaction.
Exchange  differences  arising  from  the  translation  of 
foreign operations are taken directly to the translation 
reserve.    They  are  released  into  profit  or  loss  upon 
disposal of the foreign operation.

• 

• 

expense  the  incremental  costs  of  obtaining  a 
contract when the amortisation period of the asset 
otherwise recognised would have been one year or 
less; and
to not disclose information relating to performance 
obligations  for  contracts  that  had  an  original 
expected  duration  of  one  year  or  less  or  where 
the  right  to  consideration  from  a  customer  is  an 
amount that corresponds directly with the value of 
the completed performance obligations.

A D J U S T E D   E A R N I N G S 
B E F O R E   I N T E R E S T , 
T A X A T I O N ,   D E P R E C I A T I O N , 
A M O R T I S A T I O N   A N D   N O N -
R E C U R R I N G   I T E M S   ( E B I T D A )

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  profit/(loss)  arising  from  the 
Group’s normal trading activities stated before interest, 
tax,  depreciation,  amortisation  and  non-recurring 
items.
It is shown in this way to provide a clearer measure of 
underlying operating performance.

S E G M E N T A L   D I S C L O S U R E S

During the Period, year the business was divided into 
four operating segments to better manage and report 
revenues;  Study  Management,  Regulatory  Solutions, 
In  Silico  Solutions  and  Clinical  Trial  Acceleration 
(CTA), see note 1.  The fourth segment was established 
following the acquisition of d-wise in April 2021.
There  has  been  an  internal  project  to  enhance  the 
quality  of  management  information  following  the 
implementation of a new finance system in 2019. During 
2020  this  system  enabled  more  centrally  recorded 
costs  to  be  allocated  to  the  individual  segments  and 
that process was further developed during 2021.  The 
operations  of  the  Group  are  managed  centrally  with 
including  sales,  marketing, 
group-wide  functions 
software  development, 
technology, 
customer  support,  human  resources  and  finance  & 
administration.  The  CTA  segment  already  bears  the 
majority of its costs directly and as such reports a lower 
direct  contribution  margin  to  central  overheads  than 
the other three segments.
The expectation in future years is to be able to allocate 
more centrally held operational costs to the individual 
internal  reporting  systems  evolve, 
segments  as 

information 

6 2

The exchange rates used to translate the financial statements into Sterling (GBP) are as follows:

US Dollar 
(USD)

Euro
(EUR)

Swiss Franc
(CHF)

Chinese 
Renminbi
(RMB)

Indian Rupee
(INR)

Japanese
Yen (JPY)

Average rate for year ended 31 December 2020

1.2852

1.1283

1.2025

8.8974

95.4317

137.1411

Closing rate at 31 December 2020

1.3659

1.1124

1.2038

8.9346

100.1070

140.7079

Average rate for year ended 31 December 2021

1.3744

1.1583

1.2570

8.8570

101.6019

150.6447

Closing rate at 31 December 2021

1.3497

1.1918

1.2315

8.5684

100.2861

155.3695

The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
Sterling (GBP), which is also the functional currency of 
the Parent Company. The functional currencies of each 
of the companies in the Group are as follows:

Instem plc

Sterling (GBP)

Instem Life Science Systems Limited 

Sterling (GBP)

N O N   R E C U R R I N G   I T E M S

Non  recurring  items  are  gains  or  losses  which  are 
infrequent or abnormal and are not part of the ongoing 
operations  of  the  business.  Non  recurring  items  may 
include restructuring costs, legal fees, M&A costs and 
other unusual gains or losses.

Instem LSS Limited

Sterling (GBP)

G R A N T

Instem LSS (North America) Limited

US Dollars (USD)

Instem LSS Asia Limited

Hong Kong Dollars (HKD)

Instem Information Systems (Shanghai) 
Limited

Renminbi (RMB)

Instem Scientific Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Grants  from  the  government  are  recognised  at  their 
fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the 
grant will be received and the group will comply with 
the appropriate conditions. 

Instem Scientific Solutions Limited

Sterling (GBP)

F I N A N C E   I N C O M E

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference 
to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest 
rate applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated  future  cash  receipts  through  the  expected 
life  of  the  financial  asset  to  that  asset’s  net  carrying 
amount.    Finance  income  includes  exchange  gains 
(including exchange gains on the translation of intra-
group funding balances).

F I N A N C E   C O S T S

Net finance costs include interest payable, arrangement 
and service fees, exchange losses (including exchange 
losses  on  the  translation  of  inter-company  funding 
balances),  unwinding  discount  from  future  deferred 
consideration  payments,  finance  charges  on  leases 
and net interest on pension scheme liabilities.  Interest 
payable is recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

Instem Scientific Inc

US Dollars (USD)

Instem India Pvt Limited

Indian Rupees (INR)

Instem Clinical Holdings Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Instem Clinical Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Instem Clinical Inc

US Dollars (USD)

Perceptive Instruments Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Instem Japan K.K

Japanese Yen (JPY)

Samarind Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Notocord Systems S.A.

Euro (EUR)

Notocord Inc.

US Dollars (USD)

Leadscope Inc.

US Dollars (USD)

The Edge Software Consultancy Limited

Sterling (GBP)

d-wise Technologies UK Limited

Sterling (GBP)

Instem Inc.

US Dollars (USD)

d-wise Technologies Inc.

US Dollars (USD)

d-wise Technologies Inc Morrisville 
succursale de  Geneve Branch

Swiss Franc (CHF)

d-wise Technologies Deutshland GmbH

Euro (EUR)

Pathology Data Systems AG

Swiss Franc (CHF)

Pathology Data Systems Inc.

US Dollars (USD)

Pathology Data Systems Limited Japan 
Branch

Japanese Yen (JPY)

6 3

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

S H A R E - B A S E D   P A Y M E N T 
T R A N S A C T I O N S 

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments 
to  certain  employees.  Equity-settled  share-based 
payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant 
by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments 
granted.    The  fair  value  determined  at  the  grant  date 
of equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on 
a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on 
the Group’s estimate of the number of instruments that 
will eventually vest with a corresponding adjustment to 
equity.  Fair values are measured by use of the Binomial, 
Monte  Carlo  or  Black  Scholes  models.    The  expected 
life  used  in  the  model  has  been  adjusted,  based  on 
management’s  best  estimate,  for  the  effect  of  non-
transferability,  exercise  restrictions,  and  behavioural 
considerations.
Non-vesting  and  market  vesting  conditions  are  taken 
into  account  when  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the 
option  at  grant  date.  Service  and  non-market  vesting 
conditions  are  taken  into  account  by  adjusting  the 
number of options expected to vest at each reporting 
date.  Market  vesting  conditions  are  linked  to  the 
Group’s share price performance.  Non-market vesting 
conditions  are  linked  to  trading  performance  and 
service over defined time periods.
Cancelled  or  settled  options  are  accounted  for  as  an 
acceleration  of  vesting.    The  unrecognised  grant  date 
fair  value  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  year 
that  the  options  are  cancelled  or  settled.    Where  the 
terms of the options are modified and the modification 
increases the fair value or number of equity instruments 
granted,  measured  immediately  before  and  after  the 
modification, the incremental fair value is spread over 
the remaining vesting period.
Options  over  the  Company’s  shares  granted  to 
employees  of  subsidiaries  are  recognised  as  a  capital 
contribution in the subsidiaries and added to the cost 
of investment within Instem plc.

T A X A T I O N 

Taxation  expense  includes  the  amount  of  current 
income  tax  payable  and  the  charge  for  the  year  in 
respect of deferred taxation.
The income tax payable is based on an estimation of the 
amount due on the taxable profit for the year.  Taxable 
profit  is  different  from  profit  before  tax  as  reported 

in  the  statement  of  comprehensive  income  because  it 
excludes items of income or expenditure which are not 
taxable  or  deductible  in  the  year  as  a  result  of  either 
the  nature  of  the  item  or  the  fact  that  it  is  taxable  or 
deductible  in  another  year.    The  Group’s  liability  for 
current  tax  is  calculated  by  using  tax  rates  that  have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting 
date.
Income  tax  credits  for  research  and  development 
activities are recognised on a cash basis or when their 
receipt is reasonably certain.
Deferred tax is accounted for on the basis of temporary 
differences arising from the differences between the tax 
base and accounting base of assets and liabilities.
Deferred  tax  is  recognised  for  all  taxable  temporary 
differences, except to the extent where it arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination.  Deferred tax assets 
are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that 
future  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which 
temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is 
recognised  on  income  or  expenses  from  subsidiaries 
that will be assessed or allow for tax in future periods 
except where the Group is able to control the reversal of 
the timing difference and it is probable that the timing 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax is charged or credited to the statement of 
comprehensive income, except when it relates to items 
charged or credited directly to equity, in which case it is 
dealt with within equity.  It is calculated at the tax rates 
that are expected to apply to the period when the asset 
is realised or the liability is settled.

I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Intangible assets purchased separately from a business 
are capitalised at their cost. 
Intellectual Property, Customer Relationships, 
Brand Names and Patents
The  Group  makes  an  assessment  of  the  fair  value 
of  intangible  assets  arising  on  acquisitions.  These 
include Intellectual Property, Customer Relationships, 
Brand  Names  and  Patents.    An  intangible  asset  will 
be  recognised  as  long  as  the  asset  is  identifiable  and 
its fair value can be measured reliably.  An intangible 
asset is identifiable if it is separable or if it was obtained 
through  contractual  or  legal  rights.    Amortisation  is 
provided on the fair value of the asset and is calculated 

6 4

on a straight-line basis over its useful life.  The useful 
life  for  Intellectual  Property,  Customer  Relationships, 
Brand  Names  and  Patents  is  between  five  and  fifteen 
years.  Amortisation is recognised within the statement 
of comprehensive income.  All intangible assets except 
Goodwill are amortised and are tested for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisitions, being the excess of the fair 
value of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest 
in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired,  is  capitalised  and  tested  for  impairment 
on  an  annual  basis.    Goodwill  is  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated impairment losses.
Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or 
loss and is not subsequently reversed.  For the purpose 
of  impairment  testing  goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash 
generating  units  of  Instem  plc,  which  represent  the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash 
inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets.
Computer Software
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation  and  any  impairment  loss.    Externally 
acquired computer software and software licences are 
capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their useful economic lives of three years.  Costs relating 
to development of computer software for internal use 
are  capitalised  once  the  recognition  criteria  of  IAS 
38 “Intangible Assets” are met.  When the software is 
available for its use, these costs are amortised over the 
estimated useful life of the software.
Internally generated intangible assets 
Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income as incurred.
Expenditure arising from the Group’s development of 
software for sale to third parties is recognised only if all 
of the following conditions are met:
• 
• 

an asset is created that can be identified;
it  is  probable  that  the  asset  created  will  generate 
future economic benefits; 
the development cost of the asset can be measured 
reliably;
the Group has the intention to complete the asset 
and the ability and intention to use or sell it;
the  product  or  process 
commercially feasible; and 
sufficient  resources  are  available  to  complete  the 
development and to either sell or use the asset.

technically  and 

• 

• 

• 

• 

is 

Capitalised  development  costs  are  those  which  are 
directly  attributable  to  the  development  activity  and 
include  employee  costs,  overheads  and  direct  third 
party costs.
Where the criteria have not been achieved, development 
expenditure is recognised in profit or loss in the period 
in which it is incurred. 
Internally-generated  intangible  assets  are  amortised, 
once the product is available for use, on a straight-line 
basis over their useful lives (five to eight years) and are 
tested for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  amount  may  not 
be  recoverable.  Any  capitalised  internally  developed 
software that is not yet complete is not amortised but is 
subject to impairment testing.
Gains  or  losses  arising  from  derecognition  of  an 
intangible asset are measured as the difference between 
the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of 
the asset and are recognised in profit or loss when the 
asset is derecognised.

P R O P E R T Y,  P L A N T  &  E Q U I P M E N T 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  in  the 
statement of financial position at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and provision for impairments.
Depreciation is provided on all assets so as to write off 
the cost less estimated residual value on a straight-line 
basis as follows:
• 
Short leasehold property - Over term of lease 
IT hardware and software - 25% - 33% per annum
• 
The  expected  useful  lives  and  residual  values  of 
property,  plant  and  equipment  are  reviewed  on  an 
annual basis and, if necessary, changes in useful  lives 
are accounted for prospectively.  
The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement 
of an asset is determined as the difference between the 
sales  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset 
and  is  recognised  in  the  statement  of  comprehensive 
income.

L E A S I N G

The Group as a lessee
The  Group  makes  use  of 
leasing  arrangements 
principally  for  the  provision  of  office  space  and  IT 
equipment.  The  Group  does  not  enter  into  sale  and 
leaseback  arrangements.  All  the  leases  are  negotiated 
on  an  individual  basis  and  contain  a  wide  variety 
of  different  terms  and  conditions  such  as  purchase 
options and escalation clauses.

6 5

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The  Group  assesses  whether  a  contract  is  a  lease 
or  contains  a  lease  at  inception  of  the  contract.  A 
lease  conveys  the  right  to  direct  the  use  and  obtain 
substantially all of the economic benefits of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.
Some lease contracts contain both lease and non-lease 
components. These non-lease components are usually 
associated  with  facilities  management  services  at 
offices. The Group has elected to not separate its leases 
for  offices  into  lease  and  non-lease  components  and 
instead  accounts  for  these  contracts  as  a  single  lease 
component.
Measurement and recognition of leases as a lessee
All  leases  are  accounted  for  by  recognising  a  right  of 
use asset and a lease liability except for: 
•  Leases of low value assets; and 
•  Leases with a term of 12 months or less. 
Lease  liabilities  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of 
the  contractual  payments  due  to  the  lessor  over  the 
lease  term,  discounted  using  the  Group’s  incremental 
borrowing  rate  because  as  the  lease  contracts  are 
negotiated  with  third  parties  it  is  not  possible  to 
determine the interest rate that is implicit in the lease. 
The  incremental  borrowing  rate  is  the  estimated  rate 
that the Group could have to pay to borrow the same 
amount over a similar term and with similar security to 
obtain an asset of equivalent value. This rate is adjusted 
should the lessee entity have a different risk profile to 
that of the Group. 
Lease  payments  included  in  the  measurement  of  the 
lease liability are made up of fixed payments (including 
in substance fixed) and variable payments based on an 
index or rate.
In  such  cases,  the  initial  measurement  of  the  lease 
liability  assumes  the  variable  element  will  remain 
unchanged throughout the lease term. Other variable 
lease  payments  are  expensed  in  the  period  to  which 
they relate.
On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease 
liability also includes: 
• 

amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; 
the exercise price of any purchase option granted 
in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to 
assess that option; 
any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if 
the  term  of  the  lease  has  been  estimated  on  the 
basis of termination option being exercised. 

• 

• 

6 6

Right of use assets are initially measured at the amount 
of  the  lease  liability,  reduced  for  any  lease  incentives 
received, and increased for: 
• 

lease payments made at or before commencement 
of the lease; 
initial direct costs incurred; and 
the  amount  of  any  provision  recognised  where 
the  Group  is  contractually  required  to  dismantle, 
remove  or  restore  the  leased  asset  (typically 
leasehold dilapidations).

• 
• 

Subsequent  to  initial  measurement  lease  liabilities 
increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate 
on  the  balance  outstanding  and  are  reduced  for  lease 
payments made. Right of use assets are amortised on 
a  straight-line  basis  over  the  remaining  term  of  the 
lease or over the remaining economic life of the asset if, 
rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 
When  the  Group  revises  its  estimate  of  the  term  of 
any  lease  (because,  for  example,  it  re-assesses  the 
probability of a lessee extension or termination option 
being  exercised),  it  adjusts  the  carrying  amount  of 
the lease liability to reflect the payments to make over 
the revised term, which are discounted at the revised 
discount  rate  at  the  date  of  re-assessment  or  effective 
date of a lease modification is used. The carrying value 
of lease liabilities is similarly revised when the variable 
element of future lease payments dependent on a rate 
or index is revised. The lease liability is remeasured only 
when the adjustment to lease payments takes effect and 
the  revised  contractual  payments  for  the  remainder 
of  the  lease  term  are  discounted  using  an  unchanged 
discount rate. In both cases an equivalent adjustment 
is made to the carrying value of the right of use asset, 
with the revised carrying amount being amortised over 
the remaining (revised) lease term. 
When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of 
a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the 
nature of the modification: 
• 

if the renegotiation results in one or more additional 
assets  being  leased  for  an  amount  commensurate 
with the standalone price for the additional rights-
of-use obtained, the modification is accounted for 
as  a  separate  lease  in  accordance  with  the  above 
policy 
in all other cases where the renegotiated increases 
the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension 
to the lease term, or one or more additional assets 
being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using 

• 

• 

the  discount  rate  applicable  on  the  modification 
date, with the right of use asset being adjusted by 
the same amount 
if  the  renegotiation  results  in  a  decrease  in  the 
scope  of  the  lease,  both  the  carrying  amount  of 
the lease liability and right of use asset are reduced 
by  the  same  proportion  to  reflect  the  partial  of 
full  termination  of  the  lease  with  any  difference 
recognised  in  profit  or  loss.    The  lease  liability  is 
then further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount 
reflects  the  amount  of  the  renegotiated  payments 
over the renegotiated term, with the modified lease 
payments discounted at the rate applicable on the 
modification date. The right of use asset is adjusted 
by the same amount. 

In  determining  the  lease  term,  the  Group  assesses 
whether  it  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise,  or  not 
to  exercise,  options  to  extend  or  terminate  a  lease. 
This  assessment  is  made  at  the  start  of  the  lease  and 
is  re-assessed  if  significant  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances occur that are within the lessee’s control.
The Group has elected to account for short-term leases 
assets using practical expedients. Instead of recognising 
a right-of-use asset and lease liability, the payments in 
relation to these are recognised as an expense in profit 
or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Group applies judgement in determining whether 
individual  leases  can  be  accounted  for  as  a  portfolio. 
The judgements include an assessment of whether the 
leases  share  similar  characteristics  and  whether  the 
financial  statements  would  be  materially  different  if 
each lease was accounted for individually. The Group 
leases a number of properties in the jurisdictions from 
which it operates. In these jurisdictions the periodic rent 
is fixed over the lease term, with inflationary increases 
incorporated 
into  the  fixed  payments  stipulated 
in  the  lease  agreements.  Where  rental  agreements 
include  market  rate  escalations,  the  lease  liability  is 
re-measured when the change in cash payments takes 
affect. The Group also leases certain vehicles. Leases of 
vehicles  comprise  only  fixed  payments  over  the  lease 
terms.
The Group as a lessor
The Group acts as a lessor in relation to a sublease of 
part  of one of  the  properties it leases. As  a  lessor the 
Group classifies its leases as either operating or finance 
leases. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers 
substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to 
ownership of the underlying asset and classified as an 
operating lease if it does not.
As the lease term is for the major part of the economic 
life  of  the  underlying  right  of  use  asset  this  has  been 

treated  as  a  finance  lease.  The  right  of  use  asset  has 
therefore  been  derecognised  and  a  net  investment 
in  the  lease  recognised  instead.  Interest  income  is 
recognised on the lease receivable. 

I M P A I R M E N T   O F   A S S E T S 
E X C L U D I N G   G O O D W I L L

The  carrying  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment 
and intangible assets (excluding goodwill) is reviewed 
for 
in 
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes 
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable.  
At each reporting date the Group reviews the carrying 
value of its property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets to determine whether there is any indication that 
those assets have suffered an impairment loss.  If any 
such  indication  exists  the  recoverable  amount  of  the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of 
the impairment loss.
Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are 
independent  from  other  assets  the  Group  estimates 
the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash  generating  unit 
(‘CGU’)  to  which  the  asset  belongs.    A  CGU  is  the 
smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash 
inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows 
from other assets or groups of assets.
Recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  fair  value  less 
costs  to  sell  and  value  in  use.    In  assessing  value  in 
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to 
their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset, for which the 
estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.  
If  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  is  estimated  to 
be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 
of  the  asset  is  reduced  to  its  recoverable  amount.  
An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  as  an  expense 
immediately.
Where  an  impairment  loss  subsequently  reverses, 
the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  is  increased  to  the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that 
the  increased  carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the 
carrying  amount  that  would  have  been  determined 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset 
in  prior  years.    A  reversal  of  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognised in profit or loss immediately.

6 7

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

I M P A I R M E N T   T E S T I N G   O F 
G O O D W I L L

Cash-generating  units  to  which  goodwill  has  been 
allocated are tested for impairment at least annually.
An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  the  amount  by 
which CGU’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of 
disposal and value-in-use. 
To determine the value-in-use, management estimates 
expected future cash flows from each cash-generating 
unit and determines a suitable discount rate (WACC) 
in  order  to  calculate  the  present  value  of  those  cash 
flows.
The  data  used  for  impairment  testing  procedures  are 
directly  linked  to  the  Group’s  latest  approved  budget, 
adjusted  as  necessary  to  exclude  the  effects  of  future 
reorganisations and asset enhancements. The budgeted 
unallocated  departmental  costs  are  assigned  to  each 
CGU's using an approach agreed by the board. 
Impairment  losses  for  cash-generating  units  reduce 
first the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
that cash-generating unit. Any remaining impairment 
loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash-
generating unit.
With  the  exception  of  goodwill,  all  assets  are 
subsequently  reassessed 
that  an 
impairment loss previously recognised may no longer 
exist.  An  impairment  loss  is  reversed  if  the  asset’s  or 
cash-generating unit’s recoverable amount exceeds its 
carrying amount.

indications 

for 

I N V E N T O R Y 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value.   The  cost  of  work  in  progress  comprises  direct 
labour  and  other  direct  costs  and  includes  billable 
employee expenses.  
Provision  is  made  where  necessary  for  obsolete  and 
slow-moving inventory.

P R O V I S I O N   F O R   L I A B I L I T I E S

Provisions are recognised when there is a present legal 
or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, for 
which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefit 
will be required to settle the obligation and where the 
amount can be reliably estimated. 

6 8

F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

Financial assets
The  Group  classifies  its  financial  assets  at  amortised 
cost.  The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for 
which the financial assets were acquired. Management 
determines  the  classification  of  its  financial  assets  at 
initial recognition.
Financial assets at amortised cost 
These  assets  arise  principally  from  the  provision  of 
goods and services to customers (e.g. trade receivables), 
but also incorporate other types of financial assets where 
the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows and the contractual cash flows 
are solely payments of principal and interest.  They are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs 
that  are  directly  attributable  to  their  acquisition  or 
issue, and are subsequently carried at amortised cost, 
less provision for impairment.  
The  Group's  financial  assets  measured  at  amortised 
cost  comprise  trade  and  other  receivables  and  cash 
and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of 
financial position.   
Trade receivables
Trade  and  other  receivables  are  amounts  due  from 
customers  for  services  performed  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  business.  If  collection  is  expected  in  one 
year  or  less  (or  in  the  normal  operating  cycle  of  the 
business, if longer) they are classified as current assets, 
if not, they are presented as non-current assets. 
Trade  and  other  receivables  are  measured  at  the 
transaction price in accordance with IFRS 15.
The  Group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  approach  to 
measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime 
expected  loss  allowance  for  all  trade  receivables  and 
contract assets. To measure the expected credit losses, 
trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped 
based  on  shared  credit  risk  characteristics  and  the 
days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the 
payment profiles of sales over a period of 5 years before 
31  December  2021  (2020:  31  December  2020)  and 
the corresponding historical credit losses experienced 
within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted 
to  reflect  current  and  forward-looking  information 
on  macroeconomic  factors  affecting  the  ability  of  the 
customers to settle the receivables.  The contract assets 
relate  to  unbilled  revenue,  which  have  performance 
obligations to be completed. Other than performance 

risk,  the  contract  assets  have  substantially  the  same 
risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the same 
types of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded 
that  the  expected  loss  rates  for  trade  receivables  are 
a  reasonable  approximation  of  the  loss  rates  for  the 
contract assets.
At each reporting date management assesses whether 
any events have occurred which have had a detrimental 
effect  on  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  the  asset 
causing a financial asset to become credit-impaired. If 
the credit risk is significant a provision is posted based 
on  the  recoverable  amount  the  Group  is  expected 
to  receive  per  management’s  assessment.    Specific 
provisions  of  this  nature  are  excluded  from  the 
simplified  credit  loss  calculation  using  the  provision 
matrix.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and 
cash deposits which are readily convertible to a known 
amount  of  cash.    Cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  the 
statement of financial position include bank overdrafts. 
An offset position is reported as the Group has a legal 
right  to  offset  and  any  settlement  would  be  on  a  net 
basis. For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash 
and cash equivalents include bank overdrafts which are 
repayable on demand and are an integral part of Group 
cash management.    
Investments
Investments  in  subsidiaries  are  recorded  at  cost  in 
the  statement  of  financial  position.    They  are  tested 
for  impairment  when  there  is  objective  evidence  of 
impairment.  Any impairment losses are recognised in 
the statement of comprehensive income in the period 
they occur.
Intercompany receivables
Impairment  provisions  for  receivables  from  related 
parties  and  loans  to  related  parties  are  recognised 
based  on  a  forward  looking  expected  credit  loss 
model.    The  methodology  used  to  determine  the 
amount of the provision is based on whether there has 
been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  since  initial 
recognition  of  the  financial  asset.    For  those  where 
the  credit  risk  has  not  increased  significantly  since 
initial recognition of the financial asset, twelve month 
expected credit losses along with gross interest income 
are  recognised.    For  those  for  which  credit  risk  has 
increased  significantly,  lifetime  expected  credit  losses 
along  with  the  gross  interest  income  are  recognised.  
For  those  that  are  determined  to  be  credit  impaired, 
lifetime  expected  credit  losses  along  with  interest 
income on a net basis are recognised. The amount of 
any  provision  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement 
within other operating costs.

liabilities  and  equity 

Financial liabilities and equity
instruments  are 
Financial 
classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into.  
Interest-bearing  government 
loans  are  recorded 
initially  at  their  fair  value,  net  of  direct  transaction 
costs.  Such  loans  are  subsequently  carried  at  their 
amortised  cost  and  finance  charges  are  recognised  in 
the statement of comprehensive income over the term 
of the instrument using an effective rate of interest.
An  equity  instrument  is  any  contract  that  evidences 
a  residual  interest  in  the  assets  of  the  Group  after 
deducting all of its liabilities.
Bank borrowings and loan notes
Interest-bearing 
loan  notes  and  bank  overdrafts 
are  recorded  initially  at  their  fair  value,  net  of  direct 
transaction  costs.  Such  instruments  are  subsequently 
carried at their amortised cost and finance charges are 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income 
over the term of the instrument using an effective rate 
of interest.  
Finance charges are accounted for on an accruals basis 
to the statement of comprehensive income.  Overdrafts 
are offset against cash and cash equivalents when the 
Group has a legal right of off-set.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are not interest bearing and 
are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
at amortised cost.
Ordinary share capital
For ordinary share capital, the par value is recognised 
in share capital and the premium in the share premium 
reserve.

P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S 

Defined contribution schemes
A  defined  contribution  scheme  is  a  pension  plan 
under  which  the  Group  pays  a  fixed  contribution 
to  a  scheme  with  an  external  provider.    The  amount 
charged to the statement of comprehensive income in 
respect  of  pension  costs  and  other  post-employment 
benefits is the total of contributions payable in the year.  
Differences between contributions payable in the year 
and  contributions  actually  paid  are  shown  as  either 
other payables or other receivables in the statement of 
financial position.  The Group has no further payment 
obligations once the contributions have been paid.

6 9

A C C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Defined benefit scheme
A  defined  benefit  scheme  is  a  pension  plan  under 
which the Group pays contributions in order to fund 
a  defined  amount  of  pension  that  the  employees 
under  the  scheme  will  receive  on  retirement.    The 
cost of providing the benefits is determined using the 
projected unit credit method with actuarial valuations 
being carried out regularly. 
An asset or liability is recognised equal to the present 
value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation,  adjusted  for 
unrecognised past service costs and reduced by the fair 
value of plan assets.
Actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  recognised  in  the 
statement  of  other  comprehensive  income  in  the 
year  in  which  they  occur,  whilst  expected  returns  on 
plan  assets,  servicing  costs  and  financing  costs  are 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
The  rate  used  to  discount  the  benefit  obligations  is 
based  on  market  yields  for  high  quality  corporate 
bonds with terms and currencies consistent with those 
of the benefit obligations.

S I G N I F I C A N T   J U D G E M E N T S 
A N D   E S T I M A T E S 

In  the  process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting 
policies, which are described above, management have 
made  judgements  and  estimations  about  the  future 
that  have  the  most  significant  effect  on  the  amounts 
recognised  in  the  financial  statements.  The  estimates 
and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  on-
going  basis.  Revisions  to  accounting  estimates  are 
recognised  in  the  period  in  which  the  estimate  is 
revised if the revision affects only that period or in the 
period  of  revision  and  future  periods  if  the  revision 
affects both current and future periods.
Significant judgements
The  following  judgments  have  the  most  significant 
effect on the financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
The  Group  generates  revenue  from  the  provision  of 
software licences, annual support, SaaS subscriptions, 
subscription  and  support,  professional  services, 
technology 
and 
consultancy  services.  Software  licences,  professional 
services and annual support are often bundled together 
in  a  contract  which  do  not  meet  the  criteria  to  be 
distinct performance obligation. 

outsourced 

services 

enabled 

Even  though,  the  promise  to  transfer  services  to  the 
customer are separately identifiable, the nature in the 
context of the contract, is to transfer combined services. 
The  goods  or  services  are  highly  interdependent, 
interrelated and the Group would not be able to fulfil 
its promise by transferring each of the goods or services 
independently.
Judgement  is  applied  in  determining  how  many 
performance obligations there are within each contract 
and  the  period  in  which  these  obligations  will  be 
fulfilled  and  recognised  as  revenue,  based  on  the 
Group’s  accounting  policies.  For  SaaS  subscription, 
subscription and support and annual support, the Group 
determines  for  each  contract  whether  the  promise  is 
considered to be a single performance obligation as the 
subscription and support are highly interdependent on 
one  another  given  that  the  customers  are  required  to 
take the full package of both the software and support 
services  i.e  Instem  would  not  be  able  to  provide  the 
support services without the provision of the software 
nor provide the software without the support services. 
Impairment of goodwill
In  2021,  the  CGUs  are  identified  by  the  fact  they  are 
separate legal entities and so have their own intangible 
and  tangible  assets,  other  current  assets  and  generate 
cash from their products and services that are separately 
identifiable  from  one  another.  The  judgements  were 
made in respect of the WACC, the revenue growth rate 
applied and the allocation of costs across the CGUs. 
The  carrying  value  of  goodwill  must  be  assessed  for 
impairment  annually.  This  requires  a  value  in  use 
estimate  which  is  dependent  on  estimation  of  future 
cashflows and the use of an appropriate discount rate 
to discount those cash flows to their present value. The 
carrying value of goodwill as at 31 December 2021 was 
£34.6m  (2020:  £10.2m).  Refer  to  note  14  for  further 
detail.
Management  estimates  discount  rates  using  pre-tax 
rates that reflect current market assessments of the time 
value of money and any risks specific to the CGUs. The 
rates  used  to  discount  the  future  cashflows  are  based 
on the Business Unit pre-tax weighted average cost of 
capital.  Where  a  CGU  operates  in  multiple  operating 
segments an average of the relevant WACCs has been 
used. 
The  revenue  growth  rates  and  margins  are  based 
on  current  Board-approved  budgets  and  forecasts 
covering a period of five years. Management estimates 

7 0

Revenue Recognition
For  Professional  services  and  technology  enabled 
outsourced  services  revenue  recognition  there  is  a 
significant  estimation  of  the  planned  project  hours, 
which  determines  the  percentage  of  completion  of 
service revenue contracts. Before the project is started, 
the  project  manager  estimates  the  budgeted  hours 
needed for the agreed services. If the project is expected 
to  overrun  then  the  project  manager  will  amend  the 
expected budgeted hours in accordance with the new 
available information which also mitigates the risk of 
early revenue recognition. 

are  considering  business  growth  rates,  payroll  and 
other  cost  base  increases  further  details  are  provided 
in note 14.
The  data  used  for  impairment  testing  procedures  are 
directly linked to the Group’s latest budget, adjusted as 
necessary to exclude the effects of future reorganisations 
and asset enhancements. 
Development Costs
The  Group  invests  on  a  continual  basis  in  the 
development  of  software  for  sale  to  third  parties.  
There  is  a  continual  process  of  enhancements  to  and 
expansion  of  the  software  with  judgement  required 
in  assessing  whether  the  development  costs  meet 
the  criteria  for  capitalisation.  These  judgements  have 
been applied consistently year on year. In making this 
judgement, the Group evaluates, amongst other factors, 
whether there are future economic benefits beyond the 
current period, the stage at which technical feasibility 
has been achieved, management’s intention to complete 
and use or sell the product, the likelihood of success, 
availability  of  technical  and  financial  resources  to 
complete  the  development  phase  and  management’s 
ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable 
to  the  project.  Judgement  is  therefore  required  in 
determining the practice for capitalising development 
costs.
Estimation uncertainty
Information  about  estimations  and  assumptions  that 
may have the most significant affect on recognition and 
measurement of assets, liabilities, income and expenses 
is provided below. Actual results may be substantially 
different.
Contingent consideration
Where acquisition consideration includes consideration 
contingent  on  performance  outcomes  being  met,  the 
consideration  is  valued  at  the  acquisition  date  based 
on performance forecasts available at the time. Those 
forecasts  are  reviewed  at  the  reporting  date  and  the 
consideration revised where materially different  (note 
22).
Pension scheme
As  stated  above  the  Group  operates  a  defined  benefit 
pension  scheme.  At  the  end  of  each  six  monthly 
reporting  period  the  Group  seeks  external  expert 
actuarial  advice  on  the  assumptions  to  apply  to  the 
calculation  of  the  scheme’s  liabilities.  The  Group 
then engages a separate, independent firm of pension 
advisors to calculate the scheme surplus or deficit at the 
reporting  date  for  accounting  purposes.  The  scheme 
deficit at 31 December 2021 was £2.0m (2020: £3.9m).

7 1

N O T E S   T O   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

1.  R E V E N U E   F R O M   C O N T R A C T S   W I T H   C U S T O M E R S

a.  Segmental Reporting

The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following tables which are intended to depict how 
the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

The Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is its chief executive and he monitors the performance of 
these  operating  segments  as  well  as  deciding  on  the  allocation  of  resources  to  them  alongside  with  the  executive 
management team. 

Historically the Group’s finance systems have recorded costs centrally and have managed costs in this way. Over recent 
years  the  Group  has  expanded  both  organically  and  through  acquisition,  increasing  the  number  of  products  and 
services offered and in 2020 the Group reported through three operating segments, Study Management, Regulatory 
Solutions and In Silico Solutions. During 2021 the fourth segment, Clinical Trial Acceleration (CTA), was established 
after following the acquisition of d-wise. 

During 2020 this system enabled more centrally recorded costs to be allocated to the individual segments and that 
process was further developed during 2021.  The operations of the Group are managed centrally with group-wide 
functions  including  sales,  marketing,  software  development,  information  technology,  customer  support,  human 
resources  and  finance  &  administration.  The  CTA  segment  already  bears  the  majority  of  its  costs  directly  and  as 
such reports a lower direct contribution margin to central overheads than the other three segments. The expectation 
in future years is to be able to allocate more centrally held operational costs to the individual segments as internal 
reporting systems evolve, thereby assisting the Board to use the segmental cost information for meaningful decision 
making. 

The operations of the Group are managed centrally with group-wide functions including sales, marketing, software 
development, IT, customer support, human resources and finance & administration.

The analysis provided below reflects costs directly attributable to the respective segments in 2021 and 2020, which 
are primarily third party costs of sale and costs of allocated employees. The remaining indirect operational costs are 
accounted for centrally and are not allocated to specific segments.

7 2

1.  R E V E N U E   F R O M   C O N T R A C T S   W I T H   C U S T O M E R S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

SEGMENTAL REPORTING
2021

Study 
Management
£000

Regulatory 
Solutions
£000

In Silico 
Solutions
£000

Clinical Trial 
Acceleration
£000

Total
£000

3,042

12,706

46,017

(1,681)

(11,308)

(29,393)

1,361

45%

1,398

11%

Total revenue

20,259

Direct attributable costs

(10,388)

Contribution to indirect overheads

Contribution to indirect overheads %

9,871

49%

Central unallocated indirect costs

10,010

(6,016)

3,994

40%

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisitions

Amortisation of internally generated intangibles

Depreciation of right of use assets

OPERATING PROFIT  BEFORE NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Non-recurring costs

Non-recurring income

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Finance income

Finance costs

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

SEGMENTAL REPORTING
2020

Study 
Management
£000

Regulatory 
Solutions
£000

In Silico 
Solutions
£000

Clinical Trial 
Acceleration
£000

Total revenue

15,054

Direct attributable costs

(3,516)

Contribution to indirect overheads

11,538

Contribution to indirect overheads %

77%

Central unallocated indirect costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation

9,839

(2,046)

7,793

79%

3,324

(1,630)

1,694

51%

-

-

-

-

Amortisation of intangibles arising on acquisitions

Amortisation of internally generated intangibles

Depreciation of right of use assets

OPERATING PROFIT  BEFORE NON-RECURRING ITEMS

OPERATING PROFIT AFTER NON-RECURRING ITEMS

Non-recurring costs

Finance income

Finance costs

PROFIT BEFORE TAXATION

16,624

(8,374)

8,250

(312)

(1,563)

(851)

(945)

4,579

(1,286)

805

4,098

30

(1,144)

2,984

Total
£000

28,217

(7,192)

21,025

(15,106)

5,919

(138)

(664)

(736)

(572)

3,809

(606)

3,203

38

(692)

2,549

7 3

1.  R E V E N U E   F R O M   C O N T R A C T S   W I T H   C U S T O M E R S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

REVENUE BY PRODUCT TYPE

Licence fees

Annual support fees

SaaS subscription and support fees

Professional services

Technology enabled outsourced services

Consultancy services

REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION

UK

Europe

USA

Rest of World

NON-CURRENT ASSETS EXCLUDING DEFERRED TAXATION BY 
GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION

UK

Europe

USA

Rest of World

2021
£000

4,597

14,378

9,704

3,651

6,378

7,309

46,017

2021
£000

3,540

7,477

26,831

8,169

46,017

2021
£000

56,925

1,895

1,812

433

61,065

2020
£000

3,477

8,917

8,024

1,603

6,196

-

28,217

2020
£000

2,740

5,656

13,050

6,771

28,217

2020
£000

17,549

1,436

524

622

20,131

There were no customers which represented more than 10% of the Group’s revenue in 2021 (2020: none).

7 4

1.  R E V E N U E   F R O M   C O N T R A C T S   W I T H   C U S T O M E R S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

b.  Contract Balances

2021

2020

Amounts 
recoverable on 
contracts

£000

At 1 January

1,826

Deferred 
income

(9,878)

Transfer in the period from amounts recoverable on contracts 
to trade receivables

(1,826)

-

Amounts included in deferred income that was recognised as 
revenue during the period

Deferred income on acquisition of the Edge

Deferred income on acquisition of d-wise

Deferred income on acquisition of PDS

-

-

-

-

Amounts recoverable on contracts on acquisition of d-wise

551

Amounts recoverable on contracts on acquisition of PDS

Cash received in advance of performance and not recognised 
as revenue during the period

Excess of revenue recognised over cash being recognised 
during the period

At 31 December

9

-

1,480

2,040

9,878

(555)

(4,230)

(708)

-

-

(13,442)

-

(18,935)

Amounts 
recoverable on 
contracts

1,395

(1,395)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,826

1,826

Deferred 
income

(8,942)

-

8,942

-

-

-

-

-

(9,878)

-

(9,878)

Amounts recoverable on contracts and deferred income are included within “trade and other receivables” and 
“deferred income” respectively on the face of the statement of financial position.

Amounts recoverable on contracts predominately relate to fulfilled obligations on service contracts where billing is 
in arrears. At the point where completed work is invoiced, a corresponding receivable is recognised.

Deferred income relates to consideration received from customers in advance of work being completed plus 
maintenance and support which is invoiced in advance.

c.  Remaining performance obligations

The vast majority of the Group’s contracts are for the delivery of software and services within the next 12 months for 
which the practical expedient in paragraph 121(a) of IFRS 15 applies. However, certain bundled contracts have been 
entered into for which both the original contract was greater than 12 months and the Group’s right to consideration 
does not correspond directly with the performance.

The amount of revenue that will be recognised in future periods on these contracts is as follows:

2022
£000

6

Revenue

2023
£000

-

2024
£000

-

d.  Contract Costs

It is expected that commissions paid are recoverable. These have therefore been capitalised as an asset and are 
amortised over the term of the contract. 

As of 31 December 2021, the carrying value of costs to obtain contracts which have been capitalised is the amount of 
£nil (2020: £nil). Amortisation of £nil (2020: £nil) was recognised during the year. 

The entity has applied the practical expedient available in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 to recognise the incremental 
costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred where the amortisation period of the asset that the entity 
otherwise would have recognised is one year or less. 

7 5

2.  O P E R A T I N G   P R O F I T   B E F O R E   N O N - R E C U R R I N G   I T E M S

Profit from operations includes the following significant items:

Depreciation and amounts written off property, plant and equipment - owned assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of right to use assets

Research and development costs

i.

Short life lease expenses

2021
£000

312

2,414

945

2,623

159

2020
£000

138

736

572

2,177

95

i. Research and development cost – relates to internal research and development costs which were not capitalised as at 31 December 2021.

Amounts payable to Grant Thornton UK LLP and their associates in
respect of both audit and non-audit services:

Fees payable to the Group’s auditors:

for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated financial statements

Non-audit services:

Taxation services - Compliance

Taxation services - Advisory

2021
£000

257

27

6

290

The following tables analyse employee benefits operating expense and other expenses:

2021
£000

2020
£000

177

21

53

251

2020
£000

Employee benefits expense

Staff costs (see note 6)

24,759

15,447

Share based payments

Health and life insurance

Other benefits

Other expenses

Software maintenance charges

Licence costs 

Third party costs 

Other expenses (excluding net impairment (loss/gain on financial assets)

889

1,233

37

26,918

1,379

1,716

2,076

5,320

10,491

427

630

4

16,508

918

1,543

1,567

1,762

5,790

7 6

3 .   N O N - R E C U R R I N G   I T E M S

NON RECURRING COST

Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) equalisation provision

Legal costs relating to historical contract disputes 

Acquisition costs

Share based payments

NON RECURRING INCOME

US government loans forgiven

2021
£000

-

95

1,019

172

1,286

2021
£000

805

805

2020
£000

  5

149

452

-

606

2020
£000

-

-

Non recurring costs in the year include acquisition costs of £1.0m relating to the acquisistions of The Edge, d-wise and 
PDS. The share based payments charge of £0.2m relate to options that were re-issued in 2021 and vested immediately. 

The non recurring income of £0.8m ($1.1m) relates to US federal government COVID-19 support loans which were 
forgiven during 2021 and there are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies related to this income.

4 .   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E

5 .   F I N A N C E   C O S T S

Right of use asset interest income

Other interest

Loans and overdrafts

Unwinding discount on deferred consideration

Net interest charge on pension scheme

Right of use asset interest cost

Foreign exchange losses

2021
£000

6

24

30

2021
£000

85

867

51

97

44

1,144

2020
£000

7

31

38

2020
£000

38

70

34

96

454

692

7 7

6 .   E M P L O Y E E S

Group

2021
Number

2020
Number

Average monthly number (including non-executive directors)

By role:

Directors, administration and supervision

Software design, sales and customer service

Employment costs:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

55

381

436

21,485

1,858

1,416

24,759

Average monthly number (including non-executive directors)

Company

2021
Number

By role:

Non-executive directors

Employment costs:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

3

141

15

156

39

265

304

13,109

1,334

1,004

15,447

2020
Number

3

138

15

153

7 8

7 .   D I R E C T O R S '   E M O L U M E N T S

Amounts payable by Instem plc:

Emoluments

Amounts payable by subsidiary companies:

Emoluments

Defined contribution pension contributions

Total emoluments

2021
£000

141

411

29

581

2020
£000

138

385

44

567

Number of directors to whom post-employment benefits are accruing under:

Defined contribution schemes         

2

2

2021
Number

2020
Number

The remuneration of the highest paid director during the year ended 31 December 2021 was £279,000 (2020: 
£276,000). Directors’ remuneration analysed by director is shown on page 33.

8 .   L E A S E S

Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

 Current

 Non current

2021
£000

1,077

1,248

2,325

2020
£000

488

1,596

2,084

Nature of leasing activities in the capacity of lessee
The Group leases a number of offices in the jurisdictions from which it operates. In these jurisdictions the periodic 
rent is fixed over the lease term, with inflationary increases incorporated into the fixed payments stipulated in the 
lease agreements. Where rental agreements include market rate escalations, the lease liability is re-measured when 
the change in cash payments takes effect. The Group also leases one vehicles and certain equipment.  Leases of 
vehicle and equipment comprise only fixed payments over the lease terms. With the exception of short term leases, 
leases of low value underlying assets and a lease held for a telephone system, with less than twelve months remaining 
on the lease as at 31 December 2021, each lease is reflected on the balance sheet as a right of use asset and a lease 
liability.

Each lease generally imposes a restriction that, unless there is a contractual right for the Group to sublet the asset to 
another party, the right of use asset can only be used by the Group. Leases are either non cancellable or may only be 
cancelled by incurring a termination fee. Two leases that came with the acquisitions could be terminated in a subject 
of notice. Some leases contain an option to extend the lease for a further term. For office leases the Group must keep 
those properties in a good state of repair and return the properties in their original condition at the end of the lease.

7 9

8 .   L E A S E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The table below describes the nature of the Groups leasing activities by type of right of use asset recognised on the 
balance sheet:

No of right 
of use assets 
leased

Average 
remaining 
lease term

No of leases 
with extension 
options

No of leases 
with options 
to purchase

No of leases 
with payments 
linked to an 
index

No of leases
 with 
termination 
options

Right of use assets

Office buildings

Vehicles

Equipment

14

1

1

2.3 years

1.9 years

0.5 years

10

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

Right of use assets

Land & buildings
£000

Motor vehicles
£000

Equipment
£000

As at 1 January 2020

2,158

Additions

Lease modification and remeasurement

Depreciation

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December 2020

Additions

Acquisitions

Restoration costs

Depreciation

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December 2021

123

32

(564)

(38)

1,711

261

539

70

(686)

(5)

1,890

7

31

-

(8)

-

30

-

-

-

(10)

-

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

410

-

(249)

6

167

Lease liabilities

Land & buildings
£000

Motor vehicles
£000

Equipment
£000

As at 1 January 2020

   2,563

Additions

Lease modification and remeasurement

Interest expense 

Lease payments

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December 2020

Additions

Acquisitions

Interest expense

Lease payments

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December 2021

123

32

95

(710)

(50)

2,053

261

539

84

(795)

(9)

2,133

6

31

-

-

(6)

-

31

-

-

1

(11)

-

21

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

410

11

(253)

3

171

8 0

2

0

0

Total
£000

2,165

154

32

(572)

(38)

1,741

261

949

70

(945)

1

2,077

Total
£000

2,569

154

32

95

(716)

(50)

2,084

261

949

96

(1,059)

(6)

2,325

8 .   L E A S E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Reconciliation of movements of lease liabilities to cash flows

Cash flow changes

Interest expenses

Payment of lease liabilities

At 31 December 2020 

Interest expenses 

Payment of lease liabilities

As at 31 December 2021

Land & buildings
£000

Motor vehicles
£000

Equipment
£000

95

615

710

83

712

795

-

6

6

1

10

11

-

-

-

12

241

253

Lease liability maturity analysis:

As at 31 December 2020

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

After five years
£000

Lease liabilities

488

1,538

58

As at 31 December 2021

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

After five years
£000

Lease liabilities

1,077

1,229

19

Total
£000

95

621

716

96

963

1,059

Total
£000

2,084

Total
£000

2,325

The Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term of 12 
months or less) or for leases of low value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed on a straight-line 
basis.

The following amounts in respect of leases, where the company is a lessee, have been recognised in consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income:

Expenses relating to short-term leases 

Low value lease expense

Interest expense

Amortisation of right of use assets

2021
£000

159

81

96

945

2020
£000

45

95

95

572

The total cash outflow for leases in 2021 was £1.0m (2020: £0.7m).

8 1

8 .   L E A S E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Finance lease receivable

Nature of leasing activities in the capacity of lessor
The Group also acts as a lessor in relation to a sublease of part of one of the properties rented. As the lease term is 
for the major part of the economic life of the underlying right of use asset this has been treated as a finance lease. 
The right of use asset has therefore been derecognised and a net investment in the lease recognised instead. Interest 
income is recognised on the lease receivable.  

Movement in net investment in leases in relation to sub leases during the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 
December 2020 are as follows:

As at 1 January 2020

Interest earned

Less: Rental income received

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2020

Interest earned

Less: Rental income received

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2021

Minimum undiscounted lease payments receivable are as follows:

Within 1 year

Between 1 and 2 years

Between 2 and 3 years

Between 3 and 4 years

Later than 5 years

2021
£000

49

50

34

-

-

133

Reconciliation of minimum undiscounted lease payments to net investment in the lease:

Total minimum undiscounted lease payments receivable 

Unearned finance income

Net investment in the lease

2021
£000

133

(4)

129

8 2

£000

214

8

(48)

(5)

169

6

(46)

-

129

2020
£000

47

48

50

33

-

178

2020
£000

178

(9)

169

8 .   L E A S E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Finance lease receivable maturity analysis:

As at 31 December 2020

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

After five years
£000

Finance lease receivable

41

128

-

As at 31 December 2021

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

After five years
£000

Finance lease receivable

44

85

-

Total
£000

169

Total
£000

129

9 .   S H A R E   B A S E D   P A Y M E N T

Equity-Settled Share Option Plan

The Remuneration Committee can grant options to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise 
price at the date of grant and the contractual life is generally ten years from the grant date. Options generally vest 
and become exercisable after three years where certain performance criteria have been met. Share options issued to 
directors and senior employees generally carry profitability (EBITDA) or market-based performance conditions.  

The share options that Group awarded to all employees are only subject to continued employment, passage of time  
and there are no other performance conditions.

2021

2020

Number

Weighted average 
exercise price (£)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

1,259,102

Granted

431,479

Lapsed

(53,413)

Exercised 

(88,667)

Outstanding at end of the year 

1,548,501

Exercisable at end of year

651,851

0.11

0.01

0.03

0.25

0.07

0.17

Number

983,303

535,728

(21,788)

(238,141)

1,259,102

525,518

Weighted average 
exercise price (£)

0.60

0.00

0.09

1.75

0.11

0.25

The options outstanding at 31 December 2021 had exercise prices of £nil, £0.10, £0.90, £1.76 and £2.22) (2020: £nil, 
£0.10, £0.90, £1.76 and £2.22) and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7 years 1 month (2020: 7 years 3 
months).

A charge of £1.061m (2020: £0.427m) arose in respect of share based payments.

The fair value of options granted in the year was £2.6m (2020: £1.9m).

8 3

9 .   S H A R E   B A S E D   P A Y M E N T   ( C O N T I N U E D )

During the year, the average share price in respect of share options exercised was £7.90 (2020: £4.38)

New options for 431,479 shares were granted in the year. The Monte-Carlo option-pricing model has been used where 
option conditions are market related and Black-Scholes where option conditions are EBITDA related . The fair market 
value has been estimated using the following key assumptions:

Grant date 2021

22 March

16 April

1 September

27 September

Expected life (years)

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

1.8

£5.78

Nil

Dividend yield

0.00%

Risk free rate 

Volatility

Fair value of options (average)

NA

NA

5.70

2.7

£6.63

Nil

0.00%

NA

NA

6.63

3.0

£8.38

Nil

0.00%

0.2%

29%

5.86

3.0

£9.00

Nil

0.00%

0.4%

29%

6.92

The  fair  value  calculation  includes  an  assumption  regarding  share  price  volatility  of  29%  for  LTIP  awards  only. 
The  historical  volatility  of  the  Group’s  share  price  was  calculated  using  daily  data  over  a  3  year  period,  which  is 
commensurate with the remaining performance period.

8 4

1 0 .   T A X A T I O N

Income taxes recognised in profit or loss:

Current tax:

UK corporation tax in respect of previous years 

Adjustments in respect of R&D tax credit

Foreign tax

Foreign tax in respect of previous years

Total current tax (charge)/credit

Deferred tax:

Current year charge

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Defined benefit liability

Impact of rate change

Total deferred tax credit/(charge)

2021
£000

(268)

351

(1,111)

(54)

(1,082)

(147)

575

(91)

(560)

(223)

Total income tax charge recognised in the current year

(1,306)

2020
£000

(4)

250

(146)

39

139

(165)

(57)

(90)

(102)

(414)

(275)

The UK corporation tax is calculated at the prevailing rate of 19%. Foreign tax liabilities are calculated at the 
prevailing tax rates applying in the overseas tax jurisdictions.

In the Spring Budget 2021, the UK Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate will 
increase to 25%. As the proposal to increase the rate to 25% had been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, 
its effects are included in these financial statements as a change from 19% to 25% on deferred tax. 

8 5

1 0 .   T A X A T I O N   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The income tax (expense)/credit can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the UK 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not allowable for tax purposes

Enhanced R&D tax relief

Losses surrendered for R&D tax credit

R&D tax credit accrual

Tax losses not previously recognised

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Impact of change in tax rate

Double tax relief

Difference in overseas tax rates 

2021
£000

2,984

(567)

(278)

341

(460)

408

(137)

252

(560)

(36)

(269)

Total income tax charge recognised in consolidated statement of comprehensive income

(1,306)

2020
£000

2,549

(484)

(59)

321

(327)

390

105

(22)

(102)

(20)

(77)

(275)

8 6

1 1 .   ACQUISITION OF THE ED GE SOFT WARE CONSULTANCY LTD ('THE ED GE')

On 1 March 2021, Instem acquired 100% of the issued share capital of The Edge. The acquisition has increased the 
group’s market share in the global Life Science Sector and complements the group in continuing its expansion and 
development in this industry.

Company

Principal activity

Date of acquisition

Proportion of 
voting equity 
interests acquired
%

Consideration 
£000

The Edge

Provider of Discovery Technology Solutions 
software and services to Life Science sector

1 March 2021

100

9,221

Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Consideration

Initial cash paid

Initial share consideration

Deferred consideration – cash payable March 2022

Contingent consideration – cash payable by June 2022

Contingent consideration – cash payable March 2023

Working capital and cash adjustment – cash receivable March 2022

Total consideration

Discounting of estimated future cashflows

Present value of consideration 

£000

5,500

2,000

500

1,000

1,000

(67)

9,933

(712)

9,221

The initial share consideration was satisfied by the issue of 391,920 new Instem plc ordinary shares at a value of £2.0m 
which was based on the published share price. The premium arising on the share issue of £2.0m has been credited to 
the merger relief reserve.

The appropriate discounting has been applied to the debt instruments. 

The deferred consideration is not based on any performance related conditions and was paid  in March 2022. The 
contingent  consideration  is  based  on  certain  performance  related  conditions  in  the  twelve-month  period  post-
completion. The contingent consideration in the table above is based on the forecast estimate that the performance 
related  conditions  will  be  fully  met  and  the  full  consideration  will  be  payable.    The  contingent  consideration  was 
re-measured at the reporting date.  The deferred consideration had been discounted using Instem’s estimated cost of 
borrowing and the contingent consideration has been discounted using the company’s Internal Rate of Return (‘IRR’).

8 7

1 1 .   ACQUISITION OF THE ED GE SOFT WARE CONSULTANCY LTD ('THE ED GE')    

(CONTINUED)

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.2m have been recognised as an expense within non-recurring items in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition

Fair Value
£000

Non-Current Assets

Customer relationships

Intellectual property

Brand

Right of use assets

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax asset

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Lease liabilities

Non-Current Liabilities

Deferred tax on acquisition

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Consideration transferred

Less: fair value of identifiable net assets

Goodwill arising on acquisition

2,550

1,342

105

37

2,570

407

64

(430)

(555)

(36)

(759)

5,295

£000

9,221

(5,295)

3,926

Goodwill

Goodwill of £3.9m primarily relates to the ability to generate growth from new customers, synergies provided by the 
Group and the skill and expertise of The Edge’s staff.

Identifiable net assets

A provisional fair value exercise to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired has been carried out. 
Fair values are provisional as they are within the twelve month hindsight period to adjust fair values. No fair value 
adjustments have been made to the assets and labilities acquired.

8 8

1 1 .   ACQUISITION OF THE ED GE SOFT WARE CONSULTANCY LTD ('THE ED GE')    

(CONTINUED)

The fair value of intangible assets are:

•  Customer  relationships  of  £2.6m  calculated  using  the  income  approach  -  excess  earnings.  Acquired  customer 
relationships consisting of ongoing relationships with companies to which The Edge provides annual licenses, 
maintenance assistance and bespoke services. 

• 

Intellectual property of £1.3m calculated using the income approach - relief from royalty. Two proprietary software 
packages were acquired, namely BioRails and Morphit.

•  Brands of £0.1m calculated using the income approach - relief from royalty. ‘The Edge’ brand and sub-brands 
(principally BioRails and Morphit) are considered in aggregate a separable intangible asset and a driver of the 
overall business model. 

Acquired receivables 

The fair value of acquired trade receivables is £0.079m as no loss allowance was required to be recognised on acquisition.

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group

The acquired business contributed revenues of £1.9m and net profit of £1.2m to the group for the period from 1 March 
to 31 December 2021. 

If this business combination had been effected at 1 January 2021, the revenue of The Edge would have been £2.3m 
and the profit for the year would have been £1.4m. These values do not represent a measure of the performance of The 
Edge as the company’s accounting policy have been changed at the acquisition date to comply with the policies of the 
Group. 

Purchase consideration – cash outflow

£000

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Initial cash consideration

Net cash adjustment (after deduction of estimated debt)

Less: Balance acquired

Cash

Net outflow of cash – investing activities

4,000

1,500

(2,570)

2,930

Goodwill

Goodwill of £3.9m primarily relates to the ability to generate growth from new customers, synergies provided by the 
Group and the skill and expertise of The Edge’s staff.

Identifiable net assets

A provisional fair value exercise to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired has been carried out. 
Fair values are provisional as they are within the twelve month hindsight period to adjust fair values. No fair value 
adjustments have been made to the assets and labilities acquired.

8 9

1 2 .   ACQUISITION OF D-WISE TECHNOLO GIES, INC

On 20 March 2021, Instem exchanged contracts to acquire the 100% of the issued share capital of US-based clinical 
trial technology & consulting leader d-wise Technologies, Inc (“d-wise”). The acquisition was completed on 1 April 
2021. The acquisition has increased the group’s market share in the global Life Science Sector and complements the 
group by entering an attractive adjacent area of clinical trial analysis and submission.

Company

Principal activity

Date of acquisition

Proportion of 
voting equity 
interests acquired
%

Consideration 
£000

d-wise Inc

Provider of clinical trial acceleration 
solutions to Life Science sector

1 April 2021

100

22,022

Details  of  the  purchase  consideration  excluding  conditional  deferred  consideration,  the  net  assets  acquired  and 
goodwill are as follows:

Consideration

Initial cash consideration

Initial share consideration

Deferred consideration (1 April 2022) – To be settled in cash

Deferred consideration (1 April 2022) – To be settled in shares

Deferred consideration (1 April 2023) – To be settled in cash

Contingent consideration (1 March 2022) – To be settled in cash and shares

Contingent consideration (1 March 2023) – To be settled in cash 

Working capital adjustment – (Q3 2021) – Settled in cash

$000

13,000

7,000

3,128

1,042

4,347

1,500

1,500

5

Total consideration

31,522

Discounting of estimated future cashflows

Present value of consideration 

£000

9,437

5,044

2,271

756

3,156

1,089

1,089

4

22,846

(824)

22,022

The initial share consideration was satisfied by the issue of 868,203 new Instem plc ordinary shares at a value of $7.0m 
(£5.0m) which was based on the published share price. The premium arising on the share issue of £5.0m has been 
credited to the merger relief reserve.

The appropriate discounting has been applied to the debt instruments.

The deferred consideration is not based on any performance related conditions and is payable in two instalments in 
April 2022 and 2023. The contingent consideration is based on certain performance related conditions in the twelve-
month period post-completion.  The deferred consideration has been discounted using the interest rate as defined in 
the share purchase agreement and the contingent consideration has been discounted using the company’s IRR.

The deferred and contingent consideration to be settled in shares should be equal to the nominal value of the deferred 
and contingent promissory note, divided by the average closing price of Instem Stock.

9 0

1 2 .   ACQUISITION OF D-WISE TECHNOLO GIES, INC (CONTINUED)

The  contingent  consideration  in  the  table  above  is  based  on  the  forecast  estimate  that  the  performance  related 
conditions will be fully met and the full consideration will be payable.  The contingent consideration was re-measured 
at the reporting date. 

Acquisition related costs amounting to £1.2m have been recognised as an expense within non-recurring items in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition

Fair Value
£000

Non-Current Assets

Customer relationships 

Intellectual property

Brand names

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Current Assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Accrued Income

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Financial Liabilities

Lease liability

Non-Current Liabilities

Deferred tax on acquisition

Fair value of identifiable net liabilities acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Consideration transferred

Less: fair value of identifiable net assets

Goodwill arising on acquisition

6,094

1,061

1,134

491

662

5,765

1,800

551

(1,634)

(4,230)

(48)

(662)

(2,072)

8,912

£000

22,022

(8,912)

13,110

9 1

1 2 .   ACQUISITION OF D-WISE TECHNOLO GIES, INC (CONTINUED)

Goodwill

Goodwill of £13.1m primarily relates to the ability to enter an attractive adjacent area of clinical trial analysis and 
submission, generating growth from new customers, synergies provided by the Group and the skill and expertise of 
the d-wise staff.

Identifiable net assets

A provisional fair value exercise to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired has been carried out. 
Fair values are provisional as they are within the twelve month hindsight period to adjust fair values. Except for the 
Deferred revenue no other fair value adjustments have been made to the assets and liabilities acquired.

The fair value of intangible assets are:

•  Customer  relationships  of  £6.1m  calculated  using  the  income  approach  -  excess  earnings.  Acquired  customer 
relationships consisting of ongoing relationships with companies to which d-wise provides hosting and consultancy 
services, support and maintenance and product licences.

• 

Intellectual property of £1.1m calculated using the income approach - relief from royalty. Two proprietary software 
products were acquired, namely Blur and Reveal.

•  Brands  of  £1.1m  calculated  using  the  income  approach  -  relief  from  royalty. The  ‘d-wise’  brand  is  a  separable 
intangible asset and a driver of the overall business model in the fair value measurement and the proportion of 
overall enterprise value attributed to the brand. The brand has been trading since 2003 and is well established 
within the pharmaceutical industry. 

Acquired receivables 

The fair value of acquired trade receivables is £5.1m as no loss allowance was required to be recognised on acquisition.

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group

Profit for the year end includes a profit of £0.5m attributable to the additional business generated by d-wise from 1 
April to 31 December 2021. Revenue for the year includes £12.7m in respect of d-wise.

If this business combination had been effected at 1 January 2021, the revenue of d-wise would have been £17.3m and 
the profit for the year would have been £1m. The directors consider these values represent an approximate measure of 
the performance of d-wise on a yearly basis as the fair value adjustment on the acquired deferred revenue needed to 
be considered for the future periods.

Purchase consideration – cash outflow

£000

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Initial cash consideration

Working capital adjustment – (Q3 2021) – Settled in cash

Less: Balance acquired

Cash

Net outflow of cash – investing activities

9,437

4

(1,800)

7,641

9 2

1 3 .   ACQUISITION OF PDS PATHOLO GY DATA SYSTEMS LTD

On 1 September 2021, Instem acquired the 100% of the issued share capital of PDS Pathology Data Systems Ltd 
(“PDS”), a life sciences software company with headquarters in Switzerland and offices in the United States and 
Japan. The acquisition has increased the group’s market share in the global Life Science Sector and complements the 
group in continuing its expansion and development in this industry. 

Company

Principal activity

Date of acquisition

Proportion of 
voting equity 
interests acquired
%

Consideration 
£000

PDS

Provider of Discovery Technology Solutions for 
non-clinical study management and regulatory 
software and services 

1 September 2021

100

9,309

Details of the purchase consideration excluding the benefit of their former PDS’s shareholders, the net assets acquired 
and goodwill are as follows:

Consideration

CHF000

Initial cash paid 

Initial share consideration

Deferred consideration (1 September 2022) – To be settled in cash

Working capital adjustment – (Q3 2021) – Settled in cash

7,131

3,500

1,000

99

Total consideration

11,730

Discounting of estimated future cashflows

Present value of consideration 

£000

5,665

2,790

794

79

9,328

(19)

9,309

The  initial  share  consideration  was  satisfied  by  the  issue  of  359,157  new  Instem  plc  ordinary  shares  at  a  value  of 
CHF3.5m (£2.8m) which was based on the published share price. The premium arising on the share issue of £2.75m 
has been credited to the merger relief reserve.

The appropriate discounting has been applied to the debt instruments.

The deferred consideration is not based on any performance related conditions and is payable in in September 2022. 
The deferred consideration has been discounted using the PDS’S weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

9 3

1 3 .  ACQUISITION  OF PDS PAT HOLO GY D ATA S Y STEMS LTD (C ONTINUED)

Instem plc acquired also the benefit of the former PDS’s shareholder loan for a consideration of CHF3.0m (£2.4m) 
which was excluded from the total purchase consideration and is recorded as intercompany balance between Instem 
plc  and  PDS.  The  above  treatment  will  not  affect  the  Group’s  cash  position  as  the  total  consideration  payable 
remains at CHF14.7m. 

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.3m have been recognised as an expense within non-recurring items in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition

Fair Value
£000

Non-Current Assets

Customer relationships 

Intellectual property

Brand names

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Current Assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Accrued Income

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Loan from former PDS’s shareholders

Lease liability

Non-Current Liabilities

Deferred tax on acquisition

Provisions

Fair value of identifiable net liabilities acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Consideration transferred

Less: fair value of identifiable net assets

Goodwill arising on acquisition

2,047

1,607

153

34

251

528

1,475

9

(249)

(708)

(2,387)

(251)

(568)

(40)

1,901

£000

9,309

(1,901)

7,408

9 4

1 3 .   ACQUISITION OF PDS PATHOLO GY DATA SYSTEMS LTD (CONTINUED)

Goodwill

Goodwill  of  £7.4m  primarily  relates  to  the  ability  to  enter  an  attractive  adjacent  area  of  clinical  trial  analysis  and 
submission, generating growth from new customers, synergies provided by the Group and the skill and expertise of 
the PDS staff.

Identifiable net assets

A provisional fair value exercise to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired has been carried out. 
Fair values are provisional as they are within the twelve month hindsight period to adjust fair values. Except for the 
Deferred revenue no other fair value adjustments have been made to the assets and liabilities acquired.

The fair value of intangible assets are:

•  Customer  relationships  of  £2.1m  calculated  using  the  income  approach  -  excess  earnings.  Acquired  customer 
relationships consisting of ongoing relationships with companies to which PDS provides provides licenses, hosting 
services, support and maintenance, and other services. 

• 

Intellectual property of £1.6m calculated using the income approach - relief from royalty. Two proprietary software 
products were acquired, namely LIMS and TRANSEND.

•  Brands  of  £0.2m  calculated  using  the  income  approach  -  relief  from  royalty.  The  ‘PDS’  brand  is  a  separable 
intangible asset and a driver of the overall business model in the fair value measurement and the proportion of 
overall enterprise value attributed to the brand. The brand has been trading since 1981 and is well established n 
the life-science industry. 

Acquired receivables 

The fair value of acquired trade receivables is £0.4m as no loss allowance was required to be recognised on acquisition.

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group

Profit for the year includes a loss of £0.1m attributable to the additional business generated by PDS from 1 September 
to 31 December 2021. The loss was incurred due to fair value adjustment on the acquired deferred revenue of £0.1m. 
Revenue for the year includes £1.4m in respect of PDS.

If this business combination had been effected at 1 January 2021, the revenue of PDS would have been £4.3m and the 
loss for the year would have been £0.05m. The directors consider these values represent an approximate measure of 
the performance of PDS on a year basis as the fair value adjustment on the acquired deferred revenue needed to be 
considered for the future periods.

Purchase consideration – cash outflow

£000

Outflow of cash to acquire subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Initial cash consideration

Management participation, commission and bonus – Settled in cash

Former PDS’s shareholder loan

Working capital adjustment – (Q3 2021) – Settled in cash

Less: Balance acquired

Cash

Net outflow of cash – financing and investing activities

3,701

1,964

2,387

79

(1,475)

6,656

The benefit of the former PDS’s shareholder loan has been presented as a financing cash flow as does not form part of 
the consideration transferred.

9 5

1 4 .   I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Goodwill
£000

Software 
£000

Intellectual 
property 
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Brand 
Names
£000

Patents
£000

Total
£000

Group

Cost

5,712

3,138

At 1 January 2020

12,658

Additions

Exchange adjustment

-

-

At 31 December 2020

12,658

Additions 

-

Acquisitions

24,444

Exchange adjustment

-

At 31 December 2020

37,102

At 1 January 2020

2,482

Amortisation expense

Exchange adjustment

-

-

At 31 December 2020

2,482

Amortisation expense

Exchange adjustment

-

-

At 31 December 2021

2,482

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

10,176

10,176

At 31 December 2021

34,620

8,107

1,272

34

9,413

2,238

-

(71)

11,580

4,415

736

(9)

5,142

851

2

5,995

3,692

4,271

5,585

-

-

5,712

-

4,010

-

9,722

3,372

423

-

3,795

663

-

4,458

2,340

1,917

5,264

-

-

3,138

-

10,691

-

13,829

1,618

212

-

1,830

777

-

2,607

1,520

1,308

380

-

-

380

-

1,392

-

1,772

-

29

-

29

123

-

152

380

351

11,222

1,620

21

-

-

21

-

-

-

21

21

-

-

21

-

-

21

-

-

-

30,016

1,272

34

31,322

2,238

40,537

(71)

74,026

11,908

1,400

(9)

13,299

2,414

2

15,715

18,108

18,023

58,311

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortisation within Software includes internally generated and externally 
acquired  elements.  The  cost  of  internally  generated  software  amounts  to  £10.8m  (2020:  £8.6m)  with  accumulated 
amortisation of £4.5m (2020: £3.7m).  Software additions for the year include £2.2m relating to internal development 
(2020: £1.2m). 

The amortisation from software is included in amortisation of internally generated intangibles and the amortisation of 
intangible arising on acquisition are included in amortisation of internally generated intangibles.

Identification of the Cash Generating Units (CGUs)

In  previous  years  the  CGUs  have  been  based  on  the  Group's  legal  structure.  However,  in  2021  we  considered  a 
restructure  of  the  CGUs  in  response  to  the  ongoing  changes  of  the  Group's  internal  and  external  activities  which 
continue to develop as the Group undertakes acquisitions and integrates these entities into the Group.

The assessment has been performed at the legal entity level given the significant amount of judgement in assessing 
what level of the cashflows are independent of each other. 

We expect that the CGU composition will move in line with the four operating segments in future years when the 
operations of the Group become even more integrated. 

Gross carrying amount of goodwill

In 2021, the CGUs are identified by the fact that they are separate legal entities and so have their own intangible and 
tangible assets, other current assets and generate cash from their products and services that are separately identifiable 
from one another. 

9 6

1 4 .   I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The allocation of goodwill to CGUs is as follows:

Instem LSS Limited

Instem Scientific Limited

Perceptive Instruments Limited

Samarind Limited

Notocord SA

Leadscope Inc

Instem Clinical Holdings Limited

The Edge Software Consultancy Ltd

d-wise Technologies, Inc

PDS Pathology Data Systems Ltd

2021
£000

5,900

500

600

600

500

2,100

-

3,930

13,110

7,410

34,650

2020
£000

5,900

500

600

600

500

Acquisition date

27 March 2002

3 March 2011

21 November 2013

27 May 2016

2 September 2016

2,100

15 November 2019

-

-

-

-

10,200

1 March 2021

1 April 2021

1 September 2021

The Goodwill related to a CGU, being Instem Clinical Holdings Limited, was fully impaired in 2019.

Impairment testing

The Group tests annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

Key assumptions

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. 

The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, growth rates, margins and 
cashflows.

Discount rates

Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of 
money and any risks specific to the CGUs. The rates used to discount the future cashflows are based on the operating 
segment pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. Where a CGU operates in multiple operating segments an average 
of the relevant WACCs has been used. 

After performing further sensitivity analysis, management approved the use of the different pre-tax WACC across the 
ten CGUs:

CGUs

Pre-tax WACC

Instem LSS Limited

Instem Scientific Limited

Perceptive Instruments Limited

Samarind Limited

Notocord SA

Leadscope Inc

Instem Clinical Holdings Limited

The Edge Software Consultancy Ltd

d-wise Technologies, Inc

PDS Pathology Data Systems Ltd

14.15%

13.56%

14.57%

14.31%

14.57%

13.56%

14.57%

14.57%

15.21%

14.44%

9 7

1 4 .   I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Growth rates and terminal values

The revenue growth rates and margins are based on current Board-approved budgets and forecasts covering a period 
of five years. The  Group  produced a budget for 2022 and then forecast up to 2026 based on growth rates of each 
operating segment. 

Where a CGU operates in multiple operating segments an average growth rate was used for the relevant CGUs. The 
growth  rates  that  have  been  applied  were  8.8%  for  LSS  and  PDS  (2020:  7%  growth  rate  for  LSS),  15%  for  Instem 
Scientific and Leadscope (2020: 7%) and 7.5% for Perceptive Instruments (2020: 7%), 5% for Notocord SA (2020: 5%), 
5% Instem Clinical Holdings Limited (2020: 2.5%), 10% for Samarind (2020: 2.5%) and 10% for The Edge and d-wise 
businesses. 

For the perpetuity calculation (2026 and onwards) a 2.5%, growth rate was applied to all CGUs which management 
estimates as reasonable considering revenue, payroll and other cost base increases (2020: 2.5% perpetuity growth rate 
was applied to all CGUs) and the terminal value is calculated using the Gordon Growth Model. 

Sensitivity analysis

Management has carried out sensitivity analyses on the key assumptions used in recoverable amount calculations. 

The PDS, Instem Scientific, Notocord and Samarind CGUs were highlighted as sensitive to increases in discount rate 
and fall in revenue growth rates. 

The carrying amount of our investments includes goodwill, other intangible assets, tangible assets and right of use 
assets. 

The table below shows the headroom of recoverable amount over the carrying amount, sensitivities for the additional 
increase in the discount rate, reduction in forecast revenues and reduction in forecast revenue growth. The sensitivities 
below show the percentage change required in each of the assumptions to create an impairment.

Recoverable 
amount exceeds the 
carrying amount

Sensitivity of the 
CGUs on increased 
discount rate

Sensitivity of the 
CGUs on reduction 
in revenue

Sensitivity to 
a reduction in 
revenue growth

Instem LSS Limited

Instem Scientific Limited

Perceptive Instruments Limited

Samarind Limited

Notocord SA

Leadscope Inc

Instem Clinical Holdings Limited

The Edge Software Consultancy Ltd 

d-wise Technologies, Inc

PDS Pathology Data Systems Ltd

421%

267%

315%

205%

103%

322%

-

147%

181%

104%

41%

11%

29%

10%

1%

25%

-

6%

11%

1%

11%

3%

18%

4%

1%

27%

-

13%

9%

1%

(48%)

(4%)

(38%)

(4%)

(1%)

(39%)

-

13%

(21%)

(2%)

9 8

1 4 .   I N T A N G I B L E   A S S E T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The Notocord, Samarind and Instem Scientific CGU had a higher forecast revenue growth than cost growth in the 
forecasts. This assumed that revenues would outgrow costs in a growth scenario for each CGU due to the low variable 
costs  in  production.  The  assumption  means  the  CGUs  are  more  sensitive  to  a  reduction  in  the  revenue  growth 
assumption because the comparable reduction in costs is lower, causing a greater impact on the cashflows.

Review of carrying value of goodwill

Following the review of the carrying value of goodwill as at 31 December 2021, which has been undertaken across the 
Group as required by IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets, the Directors have concluded that there is no need to recognise 
an impairment loss in 2021. However, the CGUs below were highlighted as sensitive. 

Samarind Limited
Samarind is sensitive to the revenue growth assumption due to the assumption that revenues will outgrow the stable 
cost base in the period. A 4% decrease in forecast revenue growth would create £0.1m impairment charge for the CGU. 

Notocord SA
Notocord is sensitive to all the key assumptions in the forecasts. A 1% increase in the discount rate would create a 
£0.15m impairment charge. In addition, a 1% decrease in forecast revenue growth would create a £0.35m impairment 
charge for the CGU. 

Instem Scientific
Instem Scientific is sensitive to the revenue growth assumption due to the assumption that revenues will outgrow the 
stable cost base in the forecast period. A 4% decrease in forecast revenue growth would create a £0.2m impairment 
charge for the CGU.

PDS
PDS has been highlighted as sensitive to all the key assumptions in the forecasts. A 1% increase in the discount rate 
would create a £0.5m impairment charge. In addition, a 2% decrease in forecast revenue growth would create £0.27m 
impairment charge for the CGU.  

As of 31 December 2020, the recoverable amount for each of the CGUs was measured using a value-in-use calculation 
except for the Instem Clinical CGU and Samarind CGU where the recoverable amount was measured using the FV 
less cost to sell method. The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations were those regarding discount 
rates, growth rates, margins and cashflows. However, the key assumption for the FV less cost to sell method was the 
sales multiple applied, which was  based on market activity at the time.

As per to IAS 36, the recoverable amount used is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use.  Based 
on the above, management concluded that there are no indicators for impairment on the CGUs as the recoverable 
amount for each CGU was higher than its carrying value. 

The value in use calculations are reliant on the accuracy of management’s forecast and the assumptions that underly 
them as well as the discount rate and growth rates applied.

Other intangible assets

As of 31 December 2021 and 2020, there were no indications that any other intangible assets may be impaired. 

9 9

1 5 .   I N V E S T M E N T S   I N   S U B S I D I A R I E S

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2021

Provisions for impairment

At 1 January 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2021

Carrying value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2021

£000

29,002

420

29,422

20,576

49,998

£000

2,810

(8)

2,802

8

2,810

£000

26,620

47,188

The Group tests annually for impairment against investments held.

At 31 December 2021 the Group had ten wholly-owned subsidiaries and seventeen wholly-owned sub-subsidiaries, 
details of which are as follows:

Company

Registered Address

Activity

Ownership

Instem Life Science Systems Limited 
(company number 04339129)
England and Wales

Instem LSS Limited 
(company number 03548215)
England and Wales

Instem LSS (North America) Limited 
(company number 02126697)
England and Wales

Instem LSS (Asia) Limited 
(company number 1371107)
Hong Kong

Instem Information Systems (Shanghai) Limited
(company number 310115400257075)
Shanghai, PRC

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Suite 1106-8
11/F Tai Yau Building
No 181 Johnston Road
Wanchai

Room 218, Building 3
No. 690 Bibo Road
Zhanjiang High Tech Park
Pudong District
Shanghai
201203

Holding Company

100% by Instem plc

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
administrative support

100% by Instem Life Science 
Systems Limited

Sales, sales support and 
administrative support

100% by Instem LSS Limited

Holding Company

100% by Instem LSS Limited

Sales, sales support and 
service

100% by Instem LSS (Asia) 
Limited

1 0 0

1 5 .   I N V E S T M E N T S   I N   S U B S I D I A R I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Company

Registered Address

Activity

Ownership

Instem Scientific Limited
(company number 03861669)
England and Wales

Instem Scientific Solutions Limited 
(company number 03598020)
England and Wales

Instem Scientific Inc.
USA

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Leading provider of software 
solutions for extracting 
intelligence from R&D 
related healthcare data

100% by Instem plc

Dormant

100% by Instem Scientific 
Limited

Suite 1550
161 Washington Street
8 Tower Bridge
Conshohocken PA 19428

Leading provider of software 
solutions for extracting 
intelligence from R&D 
related healthcare data

100% by Instem Scientific 
Limited

Instem India Pvt Limited
(company number U73100MH2012FTC231951)
India

Adisa Icon 
Mumbai Bangalore Highway
Bavdhan Budruk
Pune 411021

Instem Clinical Holdings Limited
(company number 05840032)
England and Wales

Instem Clinical Limited
(company number 06959053)
England and Wales

Instem Clinical Inc.
USA

Perceptive Instruments Limited
(company number 02498351)
England and Wales

Instem Japan K.K
(company number 0104-01-120355)
Japan

Samarind Limited
(company number 02105894)
England and Wales

Notocord Systems S.A.
(company number 350927349)
France

Notocord Inc.
USA

Leadscope Inc.
USA

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Suite 1550
161 Washington Street
8 Tower Bridge
Conshohocken PA 19428

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Shinagawa
Intercity Tower, A Level 28
2-15-1 Konan, Minato-ku
Tokyo 108-6028

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone, Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Parc des Grillons
60, route de Sartrouville
78230 Le Pecq
Paris

PO Box 10188
Newark
New Jersey
07101-3188

1393 Dublin Road
Columbus
Ohio 43215

99.9% by Instem LSS Limited
0.1% by Instem LSS (NA) 
Limited

100% by Instem plc

100% by Instem Clinical 
Holdings Limited

100% by Instem Clinical 
Holdings Limited

100% by Instem plc

Software development

Holding of intellectual 
property
rights and investment in 
group
companies

Provision of electronic 
data capture and clinical 
management solutions to the 
pharmaceutical industry

Provision of electronic 
data capture and clinical 
management solutions to the 
pharmaceutical industry

Development, manufacture 
and supply of software and 
hardware products for in 
vitro study data collection 
and study management 
in the genetic toxicology, 
microbiology and 
immunology markets 

Sales, sales support and 
service

100% by Instem LSS Limited

Provider of regulatory 
information management 
software

100% by Instem plc

Software development, sales 
support and administrative 
support

100% by Instem plc

Sales, sales support and 
administrative support

100% by Notocord Systems 
S.A.

Leading provider of in-silico 
safety assessment software

100% Instem Scientific Inc

1 0 1

1 5 .   I N V E S T M E N T S   I N   S U B S I D I A R I E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Company

Registered Address

Activity

Ownership

The Edge Software Consultancy Limited
(company number 05400315)
England and Wales

d-wise Technologies UK Limited
(company number 07352898)
England and Wales

Instem Inc
USA

d-wise Technologies Inc
USA

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone
Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone
Staffordshire
ST15 0SD

300 Creek View Road 
Suite 209
Newark 
DE 19711

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
consultancy activities

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
consultancy activities on 
clinical trial analysis

100% by Instem plc

100% by Instem plc

Holding Company

100% by Instem plc

2100 Gateway Centre Blvd.
Suite 150
Morrisville
NC 27560

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
consultancy activities on 
clinical trial analysis

100% by Instem plc

d-wise Technologies Inc., Morrisville 
succursale de Genève Branch
Switzerland

Dryden ICS SA, Avenue 
Blanc, 47
Genève
1202
Switzerland

d-wise Technologies Deutschland GmbH 
(company number HRB 112147)
Germany

Eschersheimer
Landstrasse 6
60322 Frankfurt am Main

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
consultancy activities on 
clinical trial analysis

Software development, 
sales, sales support and 
consultancy activities on 
clinical trial analysis

100% by d-wise Technologies Inc

100% by d-wise Technologies Inc

Pathology Data Systems AG
Switzerland

Preclinical Data Systems, Inc.
USA

Pathology Data Systems Ltd
Japan Branch
Japan

Duerrenhuebelstrasse 9
CH-4133 Pratteln, Basel, 
Switzerland

Software development, sales, 
sales support and provider 
of regulatory information 
management software

100% by Instem plc

100 Valley Road,
Suite 204
Mt. Arlington, 
New Jersey
07856

3-5-1 Aoihigashi 
Naka-ku, 
Hamamatsu – shi
Shizuoka Prefecture
433-8114
Japan

Software development

100% by Pathology Data Systems AG

Software development

100% by Pathology Data Systems AG

1 0 2

1 6 .   P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T

Group

Cost 

At 1 January 2020

Additions

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2020

Additions

Disposals

Acquisition

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Depreciation expense

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation expense

Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2019

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2021

Short leasehold property
£000

IT hardware & software
£000

72

13

(4)

1

82

-

-

-

(2)

80

39

12

(2)

-

49

13

-

(1)

61

33

33

19

1,682

128

(32)

(14)

1,764

144

(255)

525

35

2,213

1,478

126

(32)

(13)

1,559

299

(247)

29

1,640

204

205

573

Total
£000

1,754

141

(36)

(13)

1,846

144

(255)

525

33

2,293

1,517

138

(34)

(13)

1,608

312

(247)

28

1,701

237

238

592

1 0 3

1 7 .   I N V E N T O R I E S

Group

Work in progress

Total gross inventories

2021
£000

64

64

2021
£000

64

2020
£000

50

50

2020
£000

50

The inventory consists of high-quality industrial-standard cameras and associated hardware for the Instem Sorcerer 
Colony Counter product.

In 2021, a total of £0.02m (2020: £0.02m) of inventory was included in profit and loss as an expense. 

1 8 .   T R A D E   A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Group

Trade receivables

Amounts recoverable on contracts

Prepayments and other receivables

Company

Amounts owed by group companies

Other receivables   

2021
£000

11,165

2,040

1,647

14,852

20,156

166

20,322

2020
£000

3,441

1,825

827

6,093

3,259

71

3,330

An allowance has been made for estimated credit losses from trade receivable and amounts recoverable on contracts 
as per below:

An analysis of the provision for impairment of receivables is as follows:

Group

At beginning of year

Increase in provision for impairment

Reversal of provision for impairment

Foreign exchange adjustment

At end of year

2021
£000

144

391

(35)

2

502

2020
£000

215

87

(161)

3

144

The net impairment (losses)/gain on financial assets recognised in 2021 were £0.4m (2020: £0.01m)

1 0 4

1 8 .   T R A D E   A N D   O T H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Definition of default

A loss allowance on all financial assets is measured by considering the probability of default.

Receivables are considered to be in default based on an assessment of past payment practices over a 5 year period prior 
to 31 December 2021 and the likelihood of such overdue amounts being recovered. 

Impairment of trade receivables

The probability of default is determined at the year-end based on the ageing of the receivables and historical data 
about  default  rates. That  data  is  adjusted  if  the  Group  determines  that  historical  data  is  not  reflective  of  expected 
future conditions due to changes in the nature of its customers and how they are affected by external factors such as 
economic and market conditions.

The calculated simplified expected credit loss of trade receivables is deemed immaterial in the current year (2020: 
immaterial). The directors therefore do not deem it necessary to increase the impairment provision which is in relation 
to specific credit-impaired receivables.

The average credit period taken on sale is 77 days (2020: 51 days). No interest has been charged on overdue receivables.

Before accepting any new significant customer, the Group obtains relevant credit references to assess the potential 
customer’s credit quality. Credit limits are defined by customer.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Impairment of amounts owed by group companies

The Company assesses the expected credit loss in respect of group receivables based on their ability to repay and recover 
the balance.  In the absence of agreed terms this consideration is given over the expected period of repayment and any 
expected credit loss. As at the period end the Company has reversed a provision of £0.02m for credit impairment of 
amounts owed by group companies (2020: reversed a provision of £0.6m).  The amount of the provision was £0.2m as 
of 31 December 2021 (2020: £0.2m). 

The age profile of the net trade receivables for the Group at the year-end was as follows:

Debt age

Group
2021

Current

0-30 days

31-60 days

Over 60 
days

Total

Trade receivables/Amounts recoverable on contracts

Value (£000)

9,885

1,440

%

75

11

851

6

Debt age

Group
2020

Current

0-30 days

31-60 days

Trade receivables/Amounts recoverable on contracts

Value (£000)

4,132

%

78

556

11

251

5

1,029

13,205

8

100

Over 60 
days

327

6

Total

5,266

100

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivables mentioned 
above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

1 0 5

1 9 .   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Group

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft 

Company

2021
£000

24,019

(8,998)

15,021

2020
£000

35,722

(8,998)

26,724

Cash at bank

3,294

20,269

The Group’s overdraft facility has a net limit of £0.5m and a gross limit of £9.0m.  Interest is charged on the bank 
overdraft at 3.0% above base rate.  The bank overdraft is secured by fixed and floating charges over certain of the 
Group’s assets and is repayable on demand.

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position includes a bank overdraft of £9.0m (2020: £9.0m) as 
noted above. An offset position is reported as the Group has a legal right to offset any settlement would be on a net 
basis.

There is a debenture in favour of National Westminster Bank Plc, dated 13 April 2011, secured over the assets of the 
Group by way of fixed and floating charges, in respect of the Group’s overdraft facility.

An analysis of cash and cash equivalents by currency is as follows:

Group

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Renminbi

Swiss Franc

Other

Company

Sterling

US Dollar

2021
£000

1,476

1,188

6,515

3,535

1,646

661

15,021

3,294

-

3,294

2020
£000

9,312

1,044

12,326

2,562

-

1,480

26,724

11,197

9,072

20,269

The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. 

1 0 6

2 0 .   T R A D E   A N D   O T H E R   P A YA B L E S

Group - Current

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security costs

Accruals

2021
£000

1,522

686

3,515

5,723

2020
£000

466

533

1,959

2,958

As  at  31  December  2021,  the  accruals  balance  mainly  relates  to  payroll  taxes  and  statutory  liabilities  which  has 
increased from 2020 due to the three acquisitions.

Company - Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to group companies

Accruals

2021
£000

275

15,921

436

16,632

2020
£000

67

7,979

422

8,468

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to fair value due to their 
short maturities. 

2 1 .   D E F E R R E D   I N C O M E                    

Consideration received from customers in advance of work being completed 
plus maintenance and support which is invoiced in advance

2021
£000

18,935

2020
£000

9,878

1 0 7

  
2 2 .   F I N A N C I A L   L I A B I L I T I E S

An analysis of financial liabilities as presented in the statement of financial position is as follows:

Group

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Current liability

Non current borrowings

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Non current liability

Company

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Current liability

Contingent consideration

Non current liability

2021
£000

4,276

2,336

6,612

2020
£000

-

3,060

1,668

4,728

2021
£000

1,218

904

2,122

2021
£000

757

757

2020
£000

268

-

268

2020
£000

815

-

316

1,131

2020
£000

-

-

-

2020
£000

-

-

The contingent consideration included in the Group is in respect of the acquisition of Leadscope Inc, The Edge and 
d-wise which were purchased on 15 November 2019, 1 March 2021 and 1 April 2021 respectively.

The deferred consideration above is in respect of the acquisitions of The Edge, d-wise and PDS.  

The financial liability maturity analysis is disclosed in the table below.

2021

1 year or less
£000

1 to 2 years
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

Non current borrowings

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

4,276

2,336

6,612

3,060

1,668

4,728

-

-

-

2020

1 year or less
£000

1 to 2 years
£000

2 to 5 years
£000

Non current borrowings

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

-

268

-

268

815

-

316

1,131

-

-

-

-

Total
£000

7,336

4,004

11,340

Total
£000

815

268

316

1,399

1 0 8

2 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair values

The table below analyses financial instruments into a fair value hierarchy based on the valuation technique used to 
determine fair value.

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable input).

2021
Group and Company

Carrying amount
£000

Contingent consideration

4,004

2020
Group and Company

Carrying amount
£000

Contingent consideration

316

Fair value
£000

4,004

Fair value
£000

316

Level 3
£000

4,004

Level 3
£000

316

Measurement of fair value of financial instruments

The following valuation technique is used for instruments categorised as Level 3:

Contingent consideration (Level 3) 

The fair value of contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of Leadscope Inc, The Edge and d-wise which 
were  acquired  in  November  2019,  March  2021  and  April  2021  respectively.  The  contingent  considerations  were 
estimated using a present value technique. 

Leadscope’s  contingent  consideration  of  £284,000  fair  value  was  estimated  in  2019  based  on  the  approved  cash 
flow projections and forecast discounted at 13.4% to adjust for risk. The probability weighted cash outflows before 
discounting are £388,000 and reflect management’s estimate of a 100% probability that the Leadscope’s target level of 
profitability will be achieved. 

The  Edge’s  contingent  consideration  of  £1.3m  fair  value  was  estimated  in  2021  based  on  the  approved  cash  flow 
projections and forecast discounted at 30.9% to adjust for risk. The probability weighted cash outflows before discounting 
are £2.0m and reflect management’s estimate of a 100% probability that the Edge’s target level of profitability will be 
achieved.

Finally,  d-wise’s  contingent  consideration  of  £1.7m  fair  value  was  estimated  in  2021  based  on  the  approved  cash 
flow projections and forecast discounted at 18.6% to adjust for risk. The probability weighted cash outflows before 
discounting  are  £2.1m  and  reflect  management’s  estimate  of  a  100%  probability  that  the  d-wise’s  target  level  of 
profitability will be achieved.

The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified as Level 3 is as follows:

Balance as at 1 January 

Arising on business combination

Payment of contingent consideration

Unwinding discount

Foreign exchange

Balance as at 31 December

2021
£000

316

3,026

-

658

4

4,004

2020
£000

284

-

-

52

(20)

316

1 0 9

2 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The Group is exposed to various risks in relation to financial instruments. Each of these is disclosed in the table below.

Fair value 
2020
£000

Level 3 
2020
£000

Carrying 
amount
2021
£000

Fair value 
2021
£000

Level 3 
2021
£000

Loans and receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

15,021

Trade and other receivables

14,852

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

29,873

Financial assets measured at fair value

-

15,021

14,852

29,873

-

Total financial assets

29,873

29,873

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 

Trade payables and accruals

(5,037)

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

(5,037)

Deferred consideration

(7,336)

Contingent consideration

(4,004)

(5,037)

(5,037)

(7,336)

(4,004)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4,004)

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

(11,340)

(11,340)

(4,004)

Carrying 
amount
2020
£000

26,724

6,093

32,817

-

26,724

6,093

32,817

-

32,817

32,817

(2,425)

(2,425)

(316)

(316)

(2,425)

(2,425)

(316)

(316)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(316)

(316)

Total financial liabilities

(16,377)

(16,377)

(2,741)

(2,741)

Total financial instruments

13,496

13,496

30,076

30,076

CREDIT RISK

Financial risk management

Management aims to minimise the risk of credit losses.

The Group’s financial assets are bank balances and cash and trade and other receivables, which represent the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables and the Group has policies in place to ensure 
that sales of products and services are made to customers with appropriate creditworthiness. The Group generates 
external revenue from no customer that individually amounts to more than 10% of the Group revenue. At the 2021 
year end the Group had a maximum credit risk exposure of £14.9m (2020: £6.1m).

The amounts presented in the statement of financial position are net of impairment provisions.

The Group’s exposure to losses from defaults on trade receivables is reduced due to contractual terms which require 
installation, training, annual licensing and support fees to be invoiced and paid annually in advance. Note 18 sets out 
the impairment provision for credit losses on trade receivables and the ageing analysis of overdue trade receivables. 
There were no impairment losses recognised on other financial assets.

The Group undertakes procedures to determine whether there has been a significant increase in the credit risk of 
its  other  receivables,  including  group  balances,  since  their  initial  recognition.    Where  these  procedures  identify  a 
significant increase in credit risk, the loss allowance is measured based on the risk of a default occurring over the 
expected life of the instrument rather than considering only the default events expected within 12 months of the year-
end.

1 1 0

2 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The concentration of credit risk for trade receivables at the balance sheet date by geographical region was:

UK 

Europe

USA 

China

Rest of World

2021
£000

989

2,493

6,820

194

669

11,165

2020
£000

319

778

1,823

386

135

3,441

LIQUIDITY RISK 

Financial risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial commitments as they fall due.

The Group’s objective is to ensure that adequate facilities are available through use of bank overdrafts and leases.  The 
Group manages liquidity risk through regular cash flow forecasting and monitoring of cash flows, management review 
and regular review of working capital and costs.

The Group regularly monitors its available headroom under its borrowing facilities.  At 31 December 2021, its £0.5m 
bank facility was undrawn (2020: £0.5m undrawn). The Group had positive cash reserves of £15.0m at the 2021 year 
end, in addition to the £0.5m undrawn working capital facility, although £3.5m of the cash was held in bank accounts 
in China, where it has been traditionally harder to repatriate funds quickly. 

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities.

2021
Non derivative financial liabilities

Liabilities relating to right of use assets

Trade payables

Accruals

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Carrying 
amount
£000

Contractual 
cashflows
£000

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years 
£000

After 5 years
£000

2,325

1,522

4

7,336

4,004

2,325

1,522

4

7,336

4,004

15,191

15,191

1,077

1,522

4

4,276

2,336

9,215

1,229

-

-

3,060

1,668

5,957

19

-

-

-

-

19

2020
Non derivative financial liabilities

Carrying 
amount
£000

Contractual 
cashflows
£000

1 year or less
£000

2 to 5 years 
£000

After 5 years
£000

Liabilities relating to right of use assets

2,084

2,084

Non current borrowings

Trade payables

Accruals

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

815

466

2

268

316

815

466

2

268

316

488

-

466

2

268

-

3,951

3,951

1,224

1,538

815

-

-

-

316

2,669

58

-

-

-

-

-

58

1 1 1

2 3 .   F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

MARKET RISK

Market risk - Foreign currency risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign currency risk on transactions denominated in a currency 
other  than  the  functional  currency  and  on  the  translation  of  the  statement  of  financial  position  and  statement  of 
comprehensive income of foreign operations into sterling.  The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily US 
dollars.  The Group has both cash inflows and outflows in this currency that create a natural hedge.  

In  managing  currency  risks  the  Group  aims  to  reduce  the  impact  of  short-term  fluctuations  on  the  Group’s  cash 
inflows and outflows in a foreign currency.  

Over the longer  term, changes in foreign  exchange could have an  impact  on consolidation of foreign subsidiaries 
earnings.  A 10% decrease in the average value of Sterling against the US dollar would have resulted in an increase in 
the Group’s profit before tax by approximately £0.6m (2020: £0.1m).

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk is as follows.

2021

Sterling
£000

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Liabilities relating to right of use assets

Trade payables

1,476

3,151

(367)

(841)

Euro
£000

1,188

1,295

(231)

(23)

US Dollars
£000

Renminbi
£000

Swiss Franc
£000

Other
£000

6,515

9,018

(1,166)

(651)

3,535

474

(27)

(1)

1,646

440

(100)

(6)

Net exposure

3,419

2,229

13,716

3,981

1,980

US Dollars
£000

Renminbi
£000

Swiss Franc
£000

2020

Sterling
£000

Cash and cash equivalents

9,312

Trade and other receivables

932

Liabilities relating to right of use assets

(519)

Non current borrowings

-

Trade payables

(191)

Euro
£000

1,044

753

(289)

-

(56)

12,326

2,562

3,320

(646)

(815)

(223)

679

(1)

-

-

Net exposure

9,534

1,452

13,962

3,240

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total
£000

15,021

14,852

661

474

(435)

(2,325)

-

700

Other
£000

1,480

409

(629)

-

4

(1,522)

26,025

Total
£000

26,724

6,093

(2,084)

(815)

(466)

1,264

29,452

Interest rate risk 

The  Group  operates  an  interest  rate  policy  designed  to  minimise  interest  costs  and  reduce  volatility  in  reported 
earnings.

The Group’s bank facility does not allow the US Dollar cash balances to generate interest therefore the Group transfers 
funds from the US dollar account into the sterling account.  Currency transfers have been utilised to maximise the 
interest gains whilst minimising foreign exchange risks.

As at 31 December 2021, the indications are that the UK bank base interest rate will not materially differ over the next 
12 months. In February 2022, the UK bank base rate increased by 0.25 percentage points to 0.5%. On the basis of the 
net cash position at 31 December 2021 and assuming no other changes occur (such as material changes in currency 
exchange rates) a change in interest rates should not have a material impact on net interest income/(expense). 

1 1 2

2 4 .  R E C O N C I L I A T I O N  O F  M O V E M E N T S  O F  L I A B I L I T I E S  A R I S I N G  F R O M       

F I N A N C I N G   A C T I V I T I E S

Former PDS's 
shareholders
£000

Notes

Lease liability
£000

1 January 2020

Cash flows

Repayment of finance cost

Repayment of lease liability

Non-cash

New leases and lease modification

Interest expense

Exchange adjustment

As at 31 December 2020

1 January 2021

Cash flows

Repayment of finance cost

Repayment of lease liability

Repayment of former PDS’s shareholder loan

Non-cash

Intercompany balance between PDS and Instem PLC

Acquisitions 

New leases 

Interest expense

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 2021

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

13

8

8

8

8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2,387)

2,387

-

-

-

-

-

2,569

(95)

(621)

186

95

(50)

2,084

2,084

(96)

(963)

-

-

949

261

96

(6)

Total
£000

2,569

(95)

(621)

186

95

(50)

2,084

2,084

(96)

(963)

(2,387)

2,387

949

261

96

(6)

2,325

2,325

1 1 3

2 5 .   C U R R E N T   T A X A T I O N

The Group current tax receivable is £ 0.1m, net of a payable of £0.8m (2020: receivable of £0.7m, net of a payable of 
£0.2m) representing the amount of income tax receivable and payable in respect of the current and prior years.

The Company current tax payable is £nil.

2 6 .   D E F E R R E D   T A X   B A L A N C E S

Deferred tax liabilities as at 31 December 2021

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£000

Tax losses
£000

Defined 
benefit 
liability 
£000

Other timing 
differences
£000

Movements

At 1 January 2020

(721)

Foreign exchange differences

Credit/(charge) to profit or loss for the year

Debit to OCI for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

-

34

-

(4)

At 31 December 2020

(691)

Foreign exchange differences

Credit/(charge) to profit or loss for the year

Debit to OCI for the year

Credit direct to equity

1

(21)

-

Debit to goodwill arising on acquisitions during the year

(3,400)

Adjustments in respect of prior years

-

At 31 December 2021

(4,111)

395

-

(126)

-

(60)

209

-

(267)

-

64

549

555

307

-

(90)

518

-

735

-

(91)

(140)

-

-

(487)

(10)

(175)

322

7

(343)

13

(419)

-

528

-

26

Total
£000

(506)

(10)

(357)

840

(57)

(90)

14

(798)

(140)

528

(3,336)

575

504

(195)

(3,247)

Other timing differences are predominantly relates to share based payment and capitalised development. 

Management have recognised deferred tax assets in relation to tax losses based on forecast profitability of the Group 
companies concerned.

Unrecognised tax losses not included at 31 December 2021 were £3.0m (2020: £2.7m) due to uncertainty over the 
timing of the recoverability of these losses.

1 1 4

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S

The  Group  provides  post-employment  benefits  through  various  defined  contribution  schemes  and  a  closed  UK 
defined benefit scheme.

Defined contribution pension schemes

The Group pays fixed contributions into independent entities in relation to several retirement plans and insurances for 
individual employees. The Group has no legal or constructive obligations to pay contributions in addition to its fixed 
contributions, which are recognised as an expense in the period that related employee services are received.

Defined benefit pension scheme

The Group also operates a legacy defined benefit pension arrangement called the Instem LSS Pension Scheme (the 
Scheme). The Scheme provides benefits based on final salary and length of service on retirement, leaving service or 
death. This scheme was closed to new members with effect from 8 October 2001. 

The Scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the Scheme 
is carried out at least once every three years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of 
the process, the Group must agree with the Trustees of the Scheme the contributions to be paid to meet the Statutory 
Funding Objective. The future contributions required to meet the Statutory Funding Objective do not currently affect 
the statement of financial position of the Scheme in these accounts. 

The most recent comprehensive actuarial valuation of the Scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2020 and the next 
valuation of the Scheme is due as at 5 April 2023. In the event that the valuation reveals a larger deficit than expected 
the Group may be required to increase contributions above those set out in the current Schedule of Contributions. 
Conversely, if the position is better than expected, it is possible that contributions may be reduced. 

The following Schedule of Contributions has been prepared by the Trustees of the Scheme after obtaining the advice 
of the Scheme Actuary appointed by the Trustees. The contributions are intended to clear the Scheme deficit by 30 
September 2026 and were agreed in June 2021.

Period ended

31 March 2021

31 March 2022

31 March 2023

31 March 2024

31 March 2025 

31 March 2026

30 September 2026

Total each year
£000

530

548

568

588

608

629

332

The Group currently expects to pay contributions of £548,000 in the year to 31 December 2022.

The Scheme is managed by a Board of Trustees appointed in part by the Group and part from elections by members of 
the Scheme. The Trustees have responsibility for obtaining valuations of the Scheme, administering benefit payments 
and investing the Scheme’s assets. The Trustees delegate some of these functions to their professional advisors where 
appropriate.

1 1 5

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The Scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks: 

• 

• 

• 

Investment risk. The Scheme holds investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile market values 
and while these assets are expected to provide the real returns over the long-term, the short-term volatility can 
cause additional funding to be required if a deficit emerges.

Interest  rate  risk. The  Scheme’s  liabilities  are  assessed  using  market  yields  on  high  quality  corporate  bonds  to 
discount the liabilities. As the Scheme holds assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not 
move in the same way.

Inflation risk. A significant proportion of the benefits under the Scheme are linked to inflation. Although the 
Scheme’s assets are expected to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long-term, movements over the 
short-term could lead to deficits emerging.

•  Mortality risk. In the event that members live longer than assumed a deficit will emerge in the Scheme.

There were no Scheme amendments, curtailments or settlements during the year.

The employer pays the Pension Protection Fund levy each year in respect of the scheme.  It is intended that all other 
expenses associated with the running of the Scheme will be met from the Scheme’s assets.

Risk mitigation strategies

The investment manager has previously been instructed as to the permissible ranges for asset allocations as set out in 
the Scheme’s current Statement of Investment Principles. Over the year, the Scheme invested in a portfolio of liability-
driven assets, designed to hedge against interest rate and inflation risk.

The net interest on the net defined benefit liability was determined by considering the expected returns available on 
the  assets  underlying  the  current  investment  portfolio.    Expected  yields  on  bonds  are  based  on  gross  redemption 
yields at the reporting date whilst the expected returns on the equity and property investments reflect the long-term 
real rates of return experienced in the respective markets. 

1 1 6

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Discount rate (pa)

Inflation (RPI pa)

Inflation (CPI pa)

Pension increase (RPI pa)

Pension increase (CPI pa)

2021
%

1.90

3.10

2.40

3.00

2.00

Life Expectancy assumption (number of years from the age of 65)

Years

Male currently aged 45

Female currently aged 45

Male currently aged 65

Female currently aged 65

ANALYSIS OF AMOUNT CHARGED TO FINANCE COSTS

Interest on pension scheme assets

Interest on pension scheme liabilities

Net finance cost charge

ANALYSIS OF AMOUNT RECOGNISED IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/
(EXPENSE)

Gains on assets in excess of interest

Experience gains/(losses) on liabilities

(Losses) from changes to demographic assumptions 

Gains/(losses) from changes to financial assumptions                                               

Actuarial gains /(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income/(expense)

24.1

26.0

23.2

24.9

2021
£000

177

(228)

(51)

2021
£000

1,002

118

(322)

577

1,375

2020
%

1.40

2.70

1.90

2.70

1.80

Years

23.8

25.0

22.8

23.7

2020
£000

266

(300)

(34)

2020
£000

-

(351)

(53)

(2,133)

(2,537)

1 1 7

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

CHANGES IN THE PRESENT VALUE OF THE DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION

2021
£000

Opening defined benefit obligation

16,380

Interest on liabilities

Past service cost and GMP reserve

Benefits paid

Experience (gain)/loss on liabilities

Changes to demographic assumptions

Changes to financial assumptions

228

-

(238)

(118)

322

(577)

2020
£000

13,773

300

5

(235)

351

53

2,133

Closing defined benefit obligation

15,997

16,380

CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS

2021
£000

Opening plan assets

12,512

Interest on assets

Return on plan assets less interest

Company contributions

Benefits paid

177

1,002

530

(238)

Closing plan assets

13,983

The actual return on assets was a positive return of £1,079,000 (2020: positive return £266,000).

AMOUNT RECOGNISED IN THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL 
POSITION

2021
£000

Present value of funded obligations

(15,997)

Fair value of plan assets

Net pension liability

Related deferred tax asset

13,983

(2,014)

504

Net pension liability after deferred tax

(1,510)

2020
£000

11,969

266

-

512

(235)

12,512

2020
£000

(16,380)

12,512

(3,868)

735

(3,133)

1 1 8

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

RECONCILIATION OF NET DEFINED BENEFIT LIABILITY

Net defined benefit liability at start

Past service cost and GMP reserve

Net interest expense 

2021
£000

3,868

-

51

Remeasurements

(1,375)

Employer contributions

Net defined benefit liability at end

(530)

2,014

2020
£000

1,804

5

34

2,537

(512)

3,868

ANALYSIS OF CUMULATIVE AMOUNT RECOGNISED IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME/(EXPENSE)

Cumulative
2021
£000

Cumulative
2020
£000

Actual return less expected return on assets

Experience losses on liabilities

Changes in demographic assumptions

Changes in financial assumptions 

Cumulative actuarial loss recognised in the OCI

3,096

(1,861)

240

(5,978)

(4,503)

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the OCI in the period

1,375

2,094

(1,979)

562

(6,555)

(5,878)

(2,537)

MAJOR CATEGORIES OF PLAN ASSETS AS A PERCENTAGE OF FAIR VALUE OF TOTAL PLAN ASSETS

2021

2020

Equities

Property

Bonds

Corporate Bonds

LDI

Cash

Other

£000

6,127

638

123

1,698

3,071

137

2,189

%

44

5

1

12

22

1

15

£000

5,842

717

858

2,033

994

122

1,946

%

47

6

7

16

8

1

15

13,983

100

12,512

100

1 1 9

2 7 .   P O S T - E M P L O Y M E N T   B E N E F I T S   ( C O N T I N U E D )

The five-year history of experience adjustments is as follows:

2021
£000

2020
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2017
£000

Present value of defined benefit obligation

(15,997)

(16,380)

(13,773)

(12,655)

(14,549)

Fair value of plan assets

13,983

12,512

11,969

10,406

10,799

Deficit

(2,014)

(3,868)

(1,804)

(2,249)

(3,750)

Experience gains/(losses) on liabilities

118

Return on plan assets less interest

1,002

(351)

-

-

1,003

65

(957)

156

686

The following sensitivities apply to the value placed on the liabilities:

Adjustments to assumptions
Approximate effect on liabilities

DISCOUNT RATE

+ 0.50% pa

- 0.50% pa

INFLATION

+ 0.50% pa

- 0.50% pa

MORTALITY

Life expectancy + 1 year

Life expectancy - 1 year 

£000

(1,239)

1,401

1,158 

(1,038)

423

(403)

2 8 .   P R O V I S I O N   F O R   L I A B I L I T I E S

At 1 January

Acquisition

Increase in provision during the year

At 31 December

2021
£000

250

41

-

291

2020
£000

250

-

-

250

The Group holds a provision of £0.25m (2020: £0.25m) in respect of historical contract disputes against a maximum 
exposure of approximately £3.8m (2020: £4.0m). The maximum exposure includes additional claims for consequential 
losses. There are uncertainties around the outcome of contract disputes and any settlements may be higher or lower 
than the amount provided. As the potential financial outcome cannot yet be determined with any certainty the Board 
has concluded that the £0.25m provision was appropriate at 31 December 2021. To date all legal expenses have been 
expensed.

The amount of £0.04m relates to the general provision that PDS provided for warranty and remained unchanged as of 
31 December 2021 based on management estimates. 

1 2 0

2 9 .   S H A R E   C A P I T A L

The share capital of Instem plc consists only of fully paid ordinary shares with a nominal value of 10p per share.

SHARES ISSUED AND FULLY PAID:

2021
No. of shares

Beginning of the year

20,481,909

Issued on exercise of employee share options

Share issue on acquisition of The Edge

Share issue on acquisition of d-wise

Share issue on acquisition of PDS

Share issue, placing

88,667

391,920

868,203

359,157

-

2020
No. of shares

16,623,078

238,141

-

-

-

3,620,690

Total shares issued and fully paid at 31 December

22,189,856

20,481,909

Additional shares were issued during 2021 relating to share-based payments (see note 9 for details on the Group’s 
share-based remuneration).

Share premium

Proceeds received in addition to the nominal value of the shares issued during the year have been included in share 
premium, less fees, commissions and disbursements. Costs of new shares charged to equity amounted to £nil (2020: 
£0.7m).

Share premium has also been recorded in respect of the issue of share capital related to employee share-based payment.

3 0 .   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E

Basic and diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.  Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the 
weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares arising from the 
share option scheme. 

The deferred and contingently issuable shares in relation to d-wise acquisition which could potentially dilute the basic 
EPS in the future were not included in the calculation of diluted EPS because they are antidilutive for the period of 
2021. 

The  dilutive  impact  of  the  share  options  is  calculated  by  determining  the  number  of  shares  that  could  have  been 
acquired at fair value (determined as the average market share price of the Company’s shares) minus the issue price.  
The number of the ordinary shares that could have been acquired at their average market price during the period are 
ignored. However, the shares that would generate no proceeds and would not have effect on profit or loss attributable 
to ordinary shares outstanding are included.

Profit after tax 
(£000)

Earnings per share - Basic

1,678

Potentially dilutive shares

-

Earnings per share - Diluted

1,678

2021

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares (000’s)

21,591

1,128

22,719

Profit per 
share 
(pence)

Profit after tax 
(£000)

7.8

-

7.4

2,274

-

2,274

2020

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares (000’s)

18,421

1,231

19,652

Profit per share 
(pence)

12.3

-

11.6

1 2 1

3 0 .   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E   ( C O N T I N U E D )

Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share is calculated after adjusting for the effect of foreign currency exchange on the revaluation of 
inter-group balances included in finance income/(costs), non-recurring items, impairment of goodwill and capitalised 
development and amortisation of intangibles on acquisitions. Diluted adjusted earnings per share is calculated by 
adjusting the weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares 
arising  from  the  share  option  scheme.    The  dilutive  impact  of  the  share  options  is  calculated  by  determining  the 
number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average market share price of the 
Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the outstanding share options. 

Adjusted 
profit after tax 
(£000)

Earnings per share - Basic

3,704

Potentially dilutive shares

-

Earnings per share - Diluted

3,704

2021

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares (000’s)

21,591

1,128

22,719

17.2

-

16.3

Adjusted 
earnings per 
share (pence)

Adjusted profit 
after tax (£000)

2020

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares (000’s)

18,421

1,231

19,652

Adjusted 
earnings per 
share (pence)

20.4

-

19.1

2020
£000

2,549

606

-

664

-

208

4,027

(275)

3,752

2,274

3,752

-

3,752

2021
£000

2,984

1,286

(805)

1,563

-

(18)

5,010

(1,306)

3,704

1,678

Reconciliation of adjusted profit before tax:

Reported profit before tax

Non-recurring costs

Non-recurring income

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Impairment of goodwill and capitalised development costs

Foreign exchange differences on revaluation of inter-group balances

Adjusted profit before tax

Tax

Adjusted profit after tax

Profit after tax

1 2 2

 
3 1 .   C A P I T A L   A N D   R E S E R V E S

Share capital

The share capital account represents the par value for all shares issued.  The Company has one class of share and each 
share rank parri passu and carry equal rights.

Share premium account

The share premium account is used to record amounts received in excess of the nominal value of shares on issue of 
new shares less the costs of new share issues.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve represents -

• 

• 

the difference between the consideration payable at the date of acquisition, net of merger relief, and the share 
capital and share premium of Instem Life Science Systems Limited and

the difference between the nominal value and share issue price of shares issued as consideration in the purchase 
of Leadscope Inc, The Edge Software Consultancy Ltd, d-wise Technologies and PDS Pathology Data Systems

Share based payment reserve

The share based payment reserve represents the fair value of shares options periodically awarded to employees and 
executive directors, which is charged to the statement of comprehensive income.

Translation reserve

The translation reserve incorporates the cumulative net exchange gains and losses recognised on the translation of 
subsidiary company financial information to the presentational currency of Sterling (£). 

Retained earnings

The retained earnings reserve includes the accumulated profits and losses arising from the consolidated ‘Statement of 
Comprehensive Income’ and certain items from ‘Other Comprehensive Income’ attributable to equity shareholders 
net of distributions to shareholders.

Capital management

The Group’s main objective when managing capital is to protect returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will 
continue to trade profitably in the foreseeable future.  The Group also aims to maximise the capital structure of debt 
and equity so as to minimise its cost of capital. The Group manages its capital with regard to the risks inherent in the 
business and the sector within which it operates by monitoring its gearing ratio on a regular basis. 

The Group considers its capital to include share capital, share premium, merger reserve, share based payment reserve, 
translation reserve, retained earnings and net debt as noted below. 

Net debt includes short and long-term borrowings (including overdrafts and lease obligations) net of cash and cash 
equivalents.  

The Group has not made any changes to its capital management during the year.

3 2 .   C A P I T A L   C O M M I T M E N T S

There were no capital commitments at the end of the financial year (2020: £nil).

1 2 3

3 3 .   R E L A T E D   P A R T Y   T R A N S A C T I O N S

Transactions between Group companies have not been disclosed as these have all been eliminated in the preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements. During the year, the Group traded with subsidiary companies in its normal 
course of business. These transactions related to recharges and totalled in aggregate £0.4m (2020: £1.0m).  The net 
intercompany balances due to the Company at the year-end totalled £4.4m (2020: due from £4.5m).

During the year, the Group traded in its normal course of business with shareholders and consultancy businesses in 
which Directors have a material interest as follows:

KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION:

2021
£000

2020
£000

Group and Company

Fees for services provided as Non-Executive Directors

Salaries and short-term benefits

Employer's national insurance & social security costs

Group

Executive Directors

Salaries and short-term benefits

Post-employment retirement benefits

Employers’ national insurance & social security costs

Share based payment charge

141

15

156

411

29

29

215

684

Group

Other key management

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

1,194

Post-employment retirement benefits

Employers’ national insurance & social security costs

Share based payment charge

56

97

428

1,775

138

15

153

385

44

34

98

561

1,062

77

74

154

1,367

The Company paid £0.10m (2020: £0.05m) to Instem Ventures Limited, a company owned by A Gare, a shareholder. 
The balance outstanding at the end of the year was £nil (2020: £nil). 

Key management are considered to be the Directors together with the Senior Managers of the business.

3 4 .   C O N T I N G E N T   L I A B I L I T I E S

Instem  plc  has  provided  a  guarantee  to  its  subsidiaries  which  have  taken  advantage  of  the  exemption  from  audit.  
Under this guarantee, the company has a contingent liability of £21.9m (2020: £16.4m).

1 2 4

3 5 .   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T  S

No adjusting events have occurred between the 31 December reporting date and the date of approval of these financial 
statements.

An historical contractual licence dispute, which does not affect the ongoing operations of the Group, was heard by 
a German court on 17 March 2022 and the official outcome is awaited. The Group has been defending the action. 
Notwithstanding this, the cost provision of £0.25m made in 2017 has been maintained in the 2021 financial 
statements. As the potential financial outcome cannot yet be determined with any certainty the Board has 
concluded that the £0.25m provision was appropriate at 31 December 2021. To date all legal expenses have been 
expensed.

On 8 April 2022, the Group signed a new financing arrangement which consists of a committed facility of £10.0m 
with HSBC UK Bank plc to support the Group's working capital needs and its acquisition strategy, which can be 
extended up to £20.0m if needed, subject to further bank approval. The financial covenants have been considered in 
the forecast to ensure compliance. 

1 2 5

D I R E C T O R S   A N D   A D V I S O R S 

D I R E C T O R S
D Gare (Non-Executive Chairman)
M F McGoun (Independent Non-Executive)
R Bandali (Independent Non-Executive, appointed 1 December 2021)
D M Sherwin (Non-Executive)
P J Reason
N J Goldsmith

S E C R E T A R Y
N J Goldsmith

R E G I S T E R E D   O F F I C E
Diamond Way
Stone Business Park
Stone
Staffordshire ST15 0SD
Tel: +44 1785 825600
www.instem.com

Company No: 07148099

A U D I T O R
Grant Thornton UK LLP
Landmark
St Peter's Square
1 Oxford Street
Manchester M1 4PB

B A N K E R
HSBC UK Bank Plc
9th Floor, Liver Building
Pier Head
Liverpool L3 1JH

N O M I N A T E D   A D V I S O R   A N D   J O I N T   B R O K E R
Singer Capital Markets Advisory LLP 
One Bartholomew Lane
London EC2N 2AX

J O I N T   B R O K E R
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited 
150 Cheapside
London EC2V 6ET

R E G I S T R A R S
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgewater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

S O L I C I T O R S
Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP
No 1 Spinningfields
1 Hardman Square
Manchester M3 3EB

1 2 6

1 2 7

O U R   C L I E N T S

O u r   c l i e n t s 

i n c l u d e   t h e s e   f i n e 

o r g a n i s a t i o n s

1 2 8

I n s t e m   s u p p o r t s   i t s   g l o b a l 

r o s t e r   o f   c l i e n t s   t h r o u g h 

o f f i c e s   i n   t h e   U n i t e d 

S t a t e s ,   U n i t e d   K i n g d o m , 

F r a n c e ,   S w i t z e r l a n d ,   J a p a n , 

C h i n a   a n d   I n d i a .

1 2 9

UK

Global Headquarters 

UK & European Operations

Diamond Way

Stone Business Park

Stone

Staffordshire, ST15 0SD

United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 1785 825600

USA

North American Headquarters

Eight Tower Bridge

161 Washington Street

Suite 1550, 15th Floor

Conshohocken, PA 19428

United States

Tel: +1 (610) 941 0990

China

Asia-Pacific Headquarters

Room 218, Building 3

No. 690 Bibo Road

Zhangjiang High-Tech Park

Pudong District

Shanghai

China, 201203

e-mail: investors@instem.com

instem.com

1 3 0